diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/editreg.1.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/editreg.1.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/editreg.1.html 2005-02-03 21:50:47.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/editreg.1.html 2005-03-17 15:14:34.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ editreg

Name

editreg — A utility for printing and editing NT4 registry files -

Synopsis

editreg [-v] [-c file] {file}

DESCRIPTION

This tool is part of the samba(7) suite.

editreg is a utility that +

Synopsis

editreg [-v] [-c file] {file}

DESCRIPTION

This tool is part of the samba(7) suite.

editreg is a utility that can visualize windows registry files (currently only NT4) and apply so-called commandfiles to them. -

OPTIONS

registry_file

Registry file to view or edit.

-v,--verbose

Increases verbosity of messages. +

OPTIONS

registry_file

Registry file to view or edit.

-v,--verbose

Increases verbosity of messages.

-c commandfile

Read commands to execute on registry_file from commandfile. Currently not yet supported!

-h|--help

Print a summary of command line options. -

VERSION

This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba - suite.

AUTHOR

The original Samba software and related utilities +

VERSION

This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba + suite.

AUTHOR

The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed.

The editreg man page was written by Jelmer Vernooij.

diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/findsmb.1.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/findsmb.1.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/findsmb.1.html 2005-02-03 21:50:54.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/findsmb.1.html 2005-03-17 15:14:39.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ findsmb

Name

findsmb — list info about machines that respond to SMB - name queries on a subnet

Synopsis

findsmb [subnet broadcast address]

DESCRIPTION

This perl script is part of the samba(7) + name queries on a subnet

Synopsis

findsmb [subnet broadcast address]

DESCRIPTION

This perl script is part of the samba(7) suite.

findsmb is a perl script that prints out several pieces of information about machines on a subnet that respond to SMB name query requests. It uses nmblookup(1) and smbclient(1) to obtain this information. -

OPTIONS

-r

Controls whether findsmb takes +

OPTIONS

-r

Controls whether findsmb takes bugs in Windows95 into account when trying to find a Netbios name registered of the remote machine. This option is disabled by default because it is specific to Windows 95 and Windows 95 machines only. @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ findsmb(1) is run. This value is passed to nmblookup(1) - as part of the -B option.

EXAMPLES

The output of findsmb lists the following + as part of the -B option.

EXAMPLES

The output of findsmb lists the following information for all machines that respond to the initial nmblookup for any name: IP address, NetBIOS name, Workgroup name, operating system, and SMB server version.

There will be a '+' in front of the workgroup name for @@ -48,10 +48,10 @@ 192.168.35.88 SCNT2 +[MVENGR] [Windows NT 4.0] [NT LAN Manager 4.0] 192.168.35.93 FROGSTAR-PC [MVENGR] [Windows 5.0] [Windows 2000 LAN Manager] 192.168.35.97 HERBNT1 *[HERB-NT] [Windows NT 4.0] [NT LAN Manager 4.0] -

VERSION

This man page is correct for version 3.0 of - the Samba suite.

SEE ALSO

nmbd(8), +

VERSION

This man page is correct for version 3.0 of + the Samba suite.

SEE ALSO

nmbd(8), smbclient(1), and nmblookup(1) -

AUTHOR

The original Samba software and related utilities +

AUTHOR

The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed.

The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer. diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/lmhosts.5.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/lmhosts.5.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/lmhosts.5.html 2005-02-03 21:51:01.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/lmhosts.5.html 2005-03-17 15:14:44.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -lmhosts

Name

lmhosts — The Samba NetBIOS hosts file

Synopsis

lmhosts is the samba(7) NetBIOS name to IP address mapping file.

DESCRIPTION

This file is part of the samba(7) suite.

lmhosts is the Samba +lmhosts

Name

lmhosts — The Samba NetBIOS hosts file

Synopsis

lmhosts is the samba(7) NetBIOS name to IP address mapping file.

DESCRIPTION

This file is part of the samba(7) suite.

lmhosts is the Samba NetBIOS name to IP address mapping file. It is very similar to the /etc/hosts file format, except that the hostname component must correspond - to the NetBIOS naming format.

FILE FORMAT

It is an ASCII file containing one line for NetBIOS name. + to the NetBIOS naming format.

FILE FORMAT

It is an ASCII file containing one line for NetBIOS name. The two fields on each line are separated from each other by white space. Any entry beginning with '#' is ignored. Each line in the lmhosts file contains the following information:

  • IP Address - in dotted decimal format.

  • NetBIOS Name - This name format is a @@ -23,10 +23,10 @@ the NetBIOS name requested.

    The second mapping will be returned only when the "0x20" name type for a name "NTSERVER" is queried. Any other name type will not be resolved.

    The default location of the lmhosts file - is in the same directory as the smb.conf(5) file.

FILES

lmhosts is loaded from the configuration directory. This is + is in the same directory as the smb.conf(5) file.

FILES

lmhosts is loaded from the configuration directory. This is usually /etc/samba or /usr/local/samba/lib. -

VERSION

This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.

AUTHOR

The original Samba software and related utilities +

VERSION

This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.

AUTHOR

The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed.

The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer. diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/log2pcap.1.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/log2pcap.1.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/log2pcap.1.html 2005-02-03 21:51:08.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/log2pcap.1.html 2005-03-17 15:14:48.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -log2pcap

Name

log2pcap — Extract network traces from Samba log files

Synopsis

log2pcap [-h] [-q] [logfile] [pcap_file]

DESCRIPTION

This tool is part of the samba(7) suite.

log2pcap reads in a +log2pcap

Name

log2pcap — Extract network traces from Samba log files

Synopsis

log2pcap [-h] [-q] [logfile] [pcap_file]

DESCRIPTION

This tool is part of the samba(7) suite.

log2pcap reads in a samba log file and generates a pcap file (readable by most sniffers, such as ethereal or tcpdump) based on the packet dumps in the log file.

The log file must have a log level of at least 5 to get the SMB header/parameters right, 10 to get the first 512 data bytes of the packet and 50 to get the whole packet. -

OPTIONS

-h

If this parameter is +

OPTIONS

-h

If this parameter is specified the output file will be a hex dump, in a format that is readable by the text2pcap utility.

-q

Be quiet. No warning messages about missing @@ -17,13 +17,13 @@ If this argument is not specified, output data will be written to stdout.

-h|--help

Print a summary of command line options. -

EXAMPLES

Extract all network traffic from all samba log files:

+

EXAMPLES

Extract all network traffic from all samba log files:

 			$ log2pcap < /var/log/* > trace.pcap
 	

Convert to pcap using text2pcap:

 	$ log2pcap -h samba.log | text2pcap -T 139,139 - trace.pcap
-	

VERSION

This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.

BUGS

Only SMB data is extracted from the samba logs, no LDAP, +

VERSION

This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.

BUGS

Only SMB data is extracted from the samba logs, no LDAP, NetBIOS lookup or other data.

The generated TCP and IP headers don't contain a valid - checksum.

AUTHOR

The original Samba software and related utilities + checksum.

AUTHOR

The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed.

This manpage was written by Jelmer Vernooij.

diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/mount.cifs.8.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/mount.cifs.8.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/mount.cifs.8.html 2005-02-03 21:51:13.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/mount.cifs.8.html 2005-03-17 15:14:52.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -mount.cifs

Name

mount.cifs — mount using the Common Internet File System (CIFS)

Synopsis

mount.cifs {service} {mount-point} [-o options]

DESCRIPTION

This tool is part of the samba(7) suite.

mount.cifs mounts a Linux CIFS filesystem. It +mount.cifs

Name

mount.cifs — mount using the Common Internet File System (CIFS)

Synopsis

mount.cifs {service} {mount-point} [-o options]

DESCRIPTION

This tool is part of the samba(7) suite.

mount.cifs mounts a Linux CIFS filesystem. It is usually invoked indirectly by the mount(8) command when using the "-t cifs" option. This command only works in Linux, and the kernel must @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@

mount.cifs causes the cifs vfs to launch a thread named cifsd. After mounting it keeps running until the mounted resource is unmounted (usually via the umount utility). -

OPTIONS

user=arg

specifies the username to connect as. If +

OPTIONS

user=arg

specifies the username to connect as. If this is not given, then the environment variable USER is used. This option can also take the form "user%password" or "user/workgroup" or "user/workgroup%password" to allow the password and workgroup @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ not specified then the nls_default specified during the local client kernel build will be used. If server does not support Unicode, this parameter is - unused.

ro

mount read-only

rw

mount read-write

rsize

default network read size

wsize

default network write size

ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES

+ unused.

ro

mount read-only

rw

mount read-write

rsize

default network read size

wsize

default network write size

ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES

The variable USER may contain the username of the person to be used to authenticate to the server. The variable can be used to set both username and @@ -80,13 +80,13 @@ The variable PASSWD_FILE may contain the pathname of a file to read the password from. A single line of input is read and used as the password. -

NOTES

This command may be used only by root, unless installed setuid, in which case the noeexec and nosuid mount flags are enabled.

CONFIGURATION

+

NOTES

This command may be used only by root, unless installed setuid, in which case the noeexec and nosuid mount flags are enabled.

CONFIGURATION

The primary mechanism for making configuration changes and for reading debug information for the cifs vfs is via the Linux /proc filesystem. In the directory /proc/fs/cifs are various configuration files and pseudo files which can display debug information. For more information see the kernel file fs/cifs/README. -

BUGS

Passwords and other options containing , can not be handled. +

BUGS

Passwords and other options containing , can not be handled. For passwords an alternative way of passing them is in a credentials file or in the PASSWD environment.

The credentials file does not handle usernames or passwords with leading space.

@@ -95,11 +95,11 @@ and always include which versions you use of relevant software when reporting bugs (minimum: mount.cifs (try mount.cifs -V), kernel (see /proc/version) and server type you are trying to contact. -

VERSION

This man page is correct for version 1.0.6 of - the cifs vfs filesystem (roughly Linux kernel 2.6.6).

SEE ALSO

+

VERSION

This man page is correct for version 1.0.6 of + the cifs vfs filesystem (roughly Linux kernel 2.6.6).

SEE ALSO

Documentation/filesystems/cifs.txt and fs/cifs/README in the linux kernel source tree may contain additional options and information. -

AUTHOR

Steve French

The syntax and manpage were loosely based on that of smbmount. It +

AUTHOR

Steve French

The syntax and manpage were loosely based on that of smbmount. It was converted to Docbook/XML by Jelmer Vernooij.

The maintainer of the Linux cifs vfs and the userspace tool mount.cifs is Steve French. The Linux CIFS Mailing list diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/net.8.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/net.8.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/net.8.html 2005-02-03 21:51:21.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/net.8.html 2005-03-17 15:14:55.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ net

Name

net — Tool for administration of Samba and remote CIFS servers. -

Synopsis

net {<ads|rap|rpc>} [-h] [-w workgroup] [-W myworkgroup] [-U user] [-I ip-address] [-p port] [-n myname] [-s conffile] [-S server] [-l] [-P] [-D debuglevel]

DESCRIPTION

This tool is part of the samba(7) suite.

The samba net utility is meant to work just like the net utility +

Synopsis

net {<ads|rap|rpc>} [-h] [-w workgroup] [-W myworkgroup] [-U user] [-I ip-address] [-p port] [-n myname] [-s conffile] [-S server] [-l] [-P] [-D debuglevel]

DESCRIPTION

This tool is part of the samba(7) suite.

The samba net utility is meant to work just like the net utility available for windows and DOS. The first argument should be used to specify the protocol to use when executing a certain command. ADS is used for ActiveDirectory, RAP is using for old (Win9x/NT3) clients and RPC can be used for NT4 and Windows 2000. If this argument is omitted, net will try to determine it automatically. Not all commands are available on all protocols. -

OPTIONS

-h|--help

Print a summary of command line options. +

OPTIONS

-h|--help

Print a summary of command line options.

-w target-workgroup

Sets target workgroup or domain. You have to specify either this option or the IP address or the name of a server. @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Defaults to trying 445 first, then 139.

-n <primary NetBIOS name>

This option allows you to override the NetBIOS name that Samba uses for itself. This is identical -to setting the netbios name parameter in the smb.conf file. +to setting the parameter in the smb.conf file. However, a command line setting will take precedence over settings in smb.conf.

-s <configuration file>

The file specified contains the @@ -53,19 +53,19 @@ investigating a problem. Levels above 3 are designed for use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log data, most of which is extremely cryptic.

Note that specifying this parameter here will -override the log level parameter -in the smb.conf file.

COMMANDS

CHANGESECRETPW

This command allows the Samba machine account password to be set from an external application +override the parameter +in the smb.conf file.

COMMANDS

CHANGESECRETPW

This command allows the Samba machine account password to be set from an external application to a machine account password that has already been stored in Active Directory. DO NOT USE this command unless you know exactly what you are doing. The use of this command requires that the force flag (-f) be used also. There will be NO command prompt. Whatever information is piped into stdin, either by typing at the command line or otherwise, will be stored as the literal machine password. Do NOT use this without care and attention as it will overwrite a legitimate machine password without warning. YOU HAVE BEEN WARNED. -

TIME

The NET TIME command allows you to view the time on a remote server - or synchronise the time on the local server with the time on the remote server.

TIME

Without any options, the NET TIME command +

TIME

The NET TIME command allows you to view the time on a remote server + or synchronise the time on the local server with the time on the remote server.

TIME

Without any options, the NET TIME command displays the time on the remote server. -

TIME SYSTEM

Displays the time on the remote server in a format ready for /bin/date

TIME SET

Tries to set the date and time of the local server to that on -the remote server using /bin/date.

TIME ZONE

Displays the timezone in hours from GMT on the remote computer.

[RPC|ADS] JOIN [TYPE] [-U username[%password]] [options]

+

TIME SYSTEM

Displays the time on the remote server in a format ready for /bin/date

TIME SET

Tries to set the date and time of the local server to that on +the remote server using /bin/date.

TIME ZONE

Displays the timezone in hours from GMT on the remote computer.

[RPC|ADS] JOIN [TYPE] [-U username[%password]] [options]

Join a domain. If the account already exists on the server, and [TYPE] is MEMBER, the machine will attempt to join automatically. (Assuming that the machine has been created in server manager) @@ -73,60 +73,60 @@ be created.

[TYPE] may be PDC, BDC or MEMBER to specify the type of server joining the domain. -

[RPC] OLDJOIN [options]

Join a domain. Use the OLDJOIN option to join the domain +

[RPC] OLDJOIN [options]

Join a domain. Use the OLDJOIN option to join the domain using the old style of domain joining - you need to create a trust -account in server manager first.

[RPC|ADS] USER

[RPC|ADS] USER

List all users

[RPC|ADS] USER DELETE target

Delete specified user

[RPC|ADS] USER INFO target

List the domain groups of a the specified user.

[RPC|ADS] USER RENAME oldname newname

Rename specified user.

[RPC|ADS] USER ADD name [password] [-F user flags] [-C comment]

Add specified user.

[RPC|ADS] GROUP

[RPC|ADS] GROUP [misc options] [targets]

List user groups.

[RPC|ADS] GROUP DELETE name [misc. options]

Delete specified group.

[RPC|ADS] GROUP ADD name [-C comment]

Create specified group.

[RAP|RPC] SHARE

[RAP|RPC] SHARE [misc. options] [targets]

Enumerates all exported resources (network shares) on target server.

[RAP|RPC] SHARE ADD name=serverpath [-C comment] [-M maxusers] [targets]

Adds a share from a server (makes the export active). Maxusers +account in server manager first.

[RPC|ADS] USER

[RPC|ADS] USER

List all users

[RPC|ADS] USER DELETE target

Delete specified user

[RPC|ADS] USER INFO target

List the domain groups of a the specified user.

[RPC|ADS] USER RENAME oldname newname

Rename specified user.

[RPC|ADS] USER ADD name [password] [-F user flags] [-C comment]

Add specified user.

[RPC|ADS] GROUP

[RPC|ADS] GROUP [misc options] [targets]

List user groups.

[RPC|ADS] GROUP DELETE name [misc. options]

Delete specified group.

[RPC|ADS] GROUP ADD name [-C comment]

Create specified group.

[RAP|RPC] SHARE

[RAP|RPC] SHARE [misc. options] [targets]

Enumerates all exported resources (network shares) on target server.

[RAP|RPC] SHARE ADD name=serverpath [-C comment] [-M maxusers] [targets]

Adds a share from a server (makes the export active). Maxusers specifies the number of users that can be connected to the -share simultaneously.

SHARE DELETE sharenam

Delete specified share.

[RPC|RAP] FILE

[RPC|RAP] FILE

List all open files on remote server.

[RPC|RAP] FILE CLOSE fileid

Close file with specified fileid on -remote server.

[RPC|RAP] FILE INFO fileid

+share simultaneously.

SHARE DELETE sharenam

Delete specified share.

[RPC|RAP] FILE

[RPC|RAP] FILE

List all open files on remote server.

[RPC|RAP] FILE CLOSE fileid

Close file with specified fileid on +remote server.

[RPC|RAP] FILE INFO fileid

Print information on specified fileid. Currently listed are: file-id, username, locks, path, permissions. -

[RAP|RPC] FILE USER

Note

Currently NOT implemented.

SESSION

RAP SESSION

Without any other options, SESSION enumerates all active SMB/CIFS -sessions on the target server.

RAP SESSION DELETE|CLOSE CLIENT_NAME

Close the specified sessions.

RAP SESSION INFO CLIENT_NAME

Give a list with all the open files in specified session.

RAP SERVER DOMAIN

List all servers in specified domain or workgroup. Defaults -to local domain.

RAP DOMAIN

Lists all domains and workgroups visible on the -current network.

RAP PRINTQ

RAP PRINTQ LIST QUEUE_NAME

Lists the specified print queue and print jobs on the server. +

[RAP|RPC] FILE USER

Note

Currently NOT implemented.

SESSION

RAP SESSION

Without any other options, SESSION enumerates all active SMB/CIFS +sessions on the target server.

RAP SESSION DELETE|CLOSE CLIENT_NAME

Close the specified sessions.

RAP SESSION INFO CLIENT_NAME

Give a list with all the open files in specified session.

RAP SERVER DOMAIN

List all servers in specified domain or workgroup. Defaults +to local domain.

RAP DOMAIN

Lists all domains and workgroups visible on the +current network.

RAP PRINTQ

RAP PRINTQ LIST QUEUE_NAME

Lists the specified print queue and print jobs on the server. If the QUEUE_NAME is omitted, all -queues are listed.

RAP PRINTQ DELETE JOBID

Delete job with specified id.

RAP VALIDATE user [password]

+queues are listed.

RAP PRINTQ DELETE JOBID

Delete job with specified id.

RAP VALIDATE user [password]

Validate whether the specified user can log in to the remote server. If the password is not specified on the commandline, it will be prompted. -

Note

Currently NOT implemented.

RAP GROUPMEMBER

RAP GROUPMEMBER LIST GROUP

List all members of the specified group.

RAP GROUPMEMBER DELETE GROUP USER

Delete member from group.

RAP GROUPMEMBER ADD GROUP USER

Add member to group.

RAP ADMIN command

Execute the specified command on +

Note

Currently NOT implemented.

RAP GROUPMEMBER

RAP GROUPMEMBER LIST GROUP

List all members of the specified group.

RAP GROUPMEMBER DELETE GROUP USER

Delete member from group.

RAP GROUPMEMBER ADD GROUP USER

Add member to group.

RAP ADMIN command

Execute the specified command on the remote server. Only works with OS/2 servers. -

Note

Currently NOT implemented.

RAP SERVICE

RAP SERVICE START NAME [arguments...]

Start the specified service on the remote server. Not implemented yet.

Note

Currently NOT implemented.

RAP SERVICE STOP

Stop the specified service on the remote server.

Note

Currently NOT implemented.

RAP PASSWORD USER OLDPASS NEWPASS

+

Note

Currently NOT implemented.

RAP SERVICE

RAP SERVICE START NAME [arguments...]

Start the specified service on the remote server. Not implemented yet.

Note

Currently NOT implemented.

RAP SERVICE STOP

Stop the specified service on the remote server.

Note

Currently NOT implemented.

RAP PASSWORD USER OLDPASS NEWPASS

Change password of USER from OLDPASS to NEWPASS. -

LOOKUP

LOOKUP HOST HOSTNAME [TYPE]

+

LOOKUP

LOOKUP HOST HOSTNAME [TYPE]

Lookup the IP address of the given host with the specified type (netbios suffix). The type defaults to 0x20 (workstation). -

LOOKUP LDAP [DOMAIN

Give IP address of LDAP server of specified DOMAIN. Defaults to local domain.

LOOKUP KDC [REALM]

Give IP address of KDC for the specified REALM. -Defaults to local realm.

LOOKUP DC [DOMAIN]

Give IP's of Domain Controllers for specified -DOMAIN. Defaults to local domain.

LOOKUP MASTER DOMAIN

Give IP of master browser for specified DOMAIN -or workgroup. Defaults to local domain.

CACHE

Samba uses a general caching interface called 'gencache'. It +

LOOKUP LDAP [DOMAIN

Give IP address of LDAP server of specified DOMAIN. Defaults to local domain.

LOOKUP KDC [REALM]

Give IP address of KDC for the specified REALM. +Defaults to local realm.

LOOKUP DC [DOMAIN]

Give IP's of Domain Controllers for specified +DOMAIN. Defaults to local domain.

LOOKUP MASTER DOMAIN

Give IP of master browser for specified DOMAIN +or workgroup. Defaults to local domain.

CACHE

Samba uses a general caching interface called 'gencache'. It can be controlled using 'NET CACHE'.

All the timeout parameters support the suffixes:

s - Seconds
m - Minutes
h - Hours
d - Days
w - Weeks

-

CACHE ADD key data time-out

Add specified key+data to the cache with the given timeout.

CACHE DEL key

Delete key from the cache.

CACHE SET key data time-out

Update data of existing cache entry.

CACHE SEARCH PATTERN

Search for the specified pattern in the cache data.

CACHE LIST

+

CACHE ADD key data time-out

Add specified key+data to the cache with the given timeout.

CACHE DEL key

Delete key from the cache.

CACHE SET key data time-out

Update data of existing cache entry.

CACHE SEARCH PATTERN

Search for the specified pattern in the cache data.

CACHE LIST

List all current items in the cache. -

CACHE FLUSH

Remove all the current items from the cache.

GETLOCALSID [DOMAIN]

Print the SID of the specified domain, or if the parameter is -omitted, the SID of the domain the local server is in.

SETLOCALSID S-1-5-21-x-y-z

Sets domain sid for the local server to the specified SID.

GROUPMAP

Manage the mappings between Windows group SIDs and UNIX groups. +

CACHE FLUSH

Remove all the current items from the cache.

GETLOCALSID [DOMAIN]

Print the SID of the specified domain, or if the parameter is +omitted, the SID of the domain the local server is in.

SETLOCALSID S-1-5-21-x-y-z

Sets domain sid for the local server to the specified SID.

GROUPMAP

Manage the mappings between Windows group SIDs and UNIX groups. Parameters take the for "parameter=value". Common options include:

  • unixgroup - Name of the UNIX group

  • ntgroup - Name of the Windows NT group (must be resolvable to a SID

  • rid - Unsigned 32-bit integer

  • sid - Full SID in the form of "S-1-..."

  • type - Type of the group; either 'domain', 'local', - or 'builtin'

  • comment - Freeform text description of the group

GROUPMAP ADD

Add a new group mapping entry

net groupmap add {rid=int|sid=string} unixgroup=string [type={domain|local}] [ntgroup=string] [comment=string]

GROUPMAP DELETE

Delete a group mapping entry. If more then one group name matches, the first entry found is deleted.

net groupmap delete {ntgroup=string|sid=SID}

GROUPMAP MODIFY

Update en existing group entry

net groupmap modify {ntgroup=string|sid=SID} [unixgroup=string] [comment=string] [type={domain|local}]

GROUPMAP LIST

List existing group mapping entries

net groupmap list [verbose] [ntgroup=string] [sid=SID]

MAXRID

Prints out the highest RID currently in use on the local + or 'builtin'

  • comment - Freeform text description of the group

  • GROUPMAP ADD

    Add a new group mapping entry

    net groupmap add {rid=int|sid=string} unixgroup=string [type={domain|local}] [ntgroup=string] [comment=string]

    GROUPMAP DELETE

    Delete a group mapping entry. If more then one group name matches, the first entry found is deleted.

    net groupmap delete {ntgroup=string|sid=SID}

    GROUPMAP MODIFY

    Update en existing group entry

    net groupmap modify {ntgroup=string|sid=SID} [unixgroup=string] [comment=string] [type={domain|local}]

    GROUPMAP LIST

    List existing group mapping entries

    net groupmap list [verbose] [ntgroup=string] [sid=SID]

    MAXRID

    Prints out the highest RID currently in use on the local server (by the active 'passdb backend'). -

    RPC INFO

    Print information about the domain of the remote server, +

    RPC INFO

    Print information about the domain of the remote server, such as domain name, domain sid and number of users and groups. -

    [RPC|ADS] TESTJOIN

    Check whether participation in a domain is still valid.

    [RPC|ADS] CHANGETRUSTPW

    Force change of domain trust password.

    RPC TRUSTDOM

    RPC TRUSTDOM ADD DOMAIN

    Add a interdomain trust account for +

    [RPC|ADS] TESTJOIN

    Check whether participation in a domain is still valid.

    [RPC|ADS] CHANGETRUSTPW

    Force change of domain trust password.

    RPC TRUSTDOM

    RPC TRUSTDOM ADD DOMAIN

    Add a interdomain trust account for DOMAIN to the remote server. -

    RPC TRUSTDOM DEL DOMAIM

    Remove interdomain trust account for +

    RPC TRUSTDOM DEL DOMAIM

    Remove interdomain trust account for DOMAIN from the remote server. -

    Note

    Currently NOT implemented.

    RPC TRUSTDOM ESTABLISH DOMAIN

    +

    Note

    Currently NOT implemented.

    RPC TRUSTDOM ESTABLISH DOMAIN

    Establish a trust relationship to a trusting domain. Interdomain account must already be created on the remote PDC. -

    RPC TRUSTDOM REVOKE DOMAIN

    Abandon relationship to trusted domain

    RPC TRUSTDOM LIST

    List all current interdomain trust relationships.

    RPC RIGHTS

    This subcommand is used to view and manage Samba's rights assignments (also +

    RPC TRUSTDOM REVOKE DOMAIN

    Abandon relationship to trusted domain

    RPC TRUSTDOM LIST

    List all current interdomain trust relationships.

    RPC RIGHTS

    This subcommand is used to view and manage Samba's rights assignments (also referred to as privileges). There are three options current available: list, grant, and revoke. More details on Samba's privilege model and its use -can be found in the Samba-HOWTO-Collection.

    RPC ABORTSHUTDOWN

    Abort the shutdown of a remote server.

    SHUTDOWN [-t timeout] [-r] [-f] [-C message]

    Shut down the remote server.

    -r

    +can be found in the Samba-HOWTO-Collection.

    RPC ABORTSHUTDOWN

    Abort the shutdown of a remote server.

    SHUTDOWN [-t timeout] [-r] [-f] [-C message]

    Shut down the remote server.

    -r

    Reboot after shutdown.

    -f

    Force shutting down all applications. @@ -134,22 +134,22 @@ Timeout before system will be shut down. An interactive user of the system can use this time to cancel the shutdown.

    -C message

    Display the specified message on the screen to -announce the shutdown.

    SAMDUMP

    Print out sam database of remote server. You need -to run this on either a BDC.

    VAMPIRE

    Export users, aliases and groups from remote server to +announce the shutdown.

    SAMDUMP

    Print out sam database of remote server. You need +to run this on either a BDC.

    VAMPIRE

    Export users, aliases and groups from remote server to local server. Can only be run an a BDC. -

    GETSID

    Fetch domain SID and store it in the local secrets.tdb.

    ADS LEAVE

    Make the remote host leave the domain it is part of.

    ADS STATUS

    Print out status of machine account of the local machine in ADS. +

    GETSID

    Fetch domain SID and store it in the local secrets.tdb.

    ADS LEAVE

    Make the remote host leave the domain it is part of.

    ADS STATUS

    Print out status of machine account of the local machine in ADS. Prints out quite some debug info. Aimed at developers, regular -users should use NET ADS TESTJOIN.

    ADS PRINTER

    ADS PRINTER INFO [PRINTER] [SERVER]

    +users should use NET ADS TESTJOIN.

    ADS PRINTER

    ADS PRINTER INFO [PRINTER] [SERVER]

    Lookup info for PRINTER on SERVER. The printer name defaults to "*", the -server name defaults to the local host.

    ADS PRINTER PUBLISH PRINTER

    Publish specified printer using ADS.

    ADS PRINTER REMOVE PRINTER

    Remove specified printer from ADS directory.

    ADS SEARCH EXPRESSION ATTRIBUTES...

    Perform a raw LDAP search on a ADS server and dump the results. The +server name defaults to the local host.

    ADS PRINTER PUBLISH PRINTER

    Publish specified printer using ADS.

    ADS PRINTER REMOVE PRINTER

    Remove specified printer from ADS directory.

    ADS SEARCH EXPRESSION ATTRIBUTES...

    Perform a raw LDAP search on a ADS server and dump the results. The expression is a standard LDAP search expression, and the attributes are a list of LDAP fields to show in the results.

    Example: net ads search '(objectCategory=group)' sAMAccountName -

    ADS DN DN (attributes)

    +

    ADS DN DN (attributes)

    Perform a raw LDAP search on a ADS server and dump the results. The DN standard LDAP DN, and the attributes are a list of LDAP fields to show in the result. -

    Example: net ads dn 'CN=administrator,CN=Users,DC=my,DC=domain' SAMAccountName

    WORKGROUP

    Print out workgroup name for specified kerberos realm.

    HELP [COMMAND]

    Gives usage information for the specified command.

    VERSION

    This man page is complete for version 3.0 of the Samba - suite.

    AUTHOR

    The original Samba software and related utilities +

    Example: net ads dn 'CN=administrator,CN=Users,DC=my,DC=domain' SAMAccountName

    WORKGROUP

    Print out workgroup name for specified kerberos realm.

    HELP [COMMAND]

    Gives usage information for the specified command.

    VERSION

    This man page is complete for version 3.0 of the Samba + suite.

    AUTHOR

    The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed.

    The net manpage was written by Jelmer Vernooij.

    diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/nmbd.8.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/nmbd.8.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/nmbd.8.html 2005-02-03 21:51:29.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/nmbd.8.html 2005-03-17 15:14:59.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ nmbd

    Name

    nmbd — NetBIOS name server to provide NetBIOS - over IP naming services to clients

    Synopsis

    nmbd [-D] [-F] [-S] [-a] [-i] [-o] [-h] [-V] [-d <debug level>] [-H <lmhosts file>] [-l <log directory>] [-p <port number>] [-s <configuration file>]

    DESCRIPTION

    This program is part of the samba(7) suite.

    nmbd is a server that understands + over IP naming services to clients

    Synopsis

    nmbd [-D] [-F] [-S] [-a] [-i] [-o] [-h] [-V] [-d <debug level>] [-H <lmhosts file>] [-l <log directory>] [-p <port number>] [-s <configuration file>]

    DESCRIPTION

    This program is part of the samba(7) suite.

    nmbd is a server that understands and can reply to NetBIOS over IP name service requests, like those produced by SMB/CIFS clients such as Windows 95/98/ME, Windows NT, Windows 2000, Windows XP and LanManager clients. It also @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ specified it will respond with the IP number of the host it is running on. Its "own NetBIOS name" is by default the primary DNS name of the host it is running on, - but this can be overridden by the netbios name + but this can be overridden by the netbios name in smb.conf. Thus nmbd will reply to broadcast queries for its own name(s). Additional names for nmbd to respond on can be set @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ replying to queries from clients for these names.

    In addition, nmbd can act as a WINS proxy, relaying broadcast queries from clients that do not understand how to talk the WINS protocol to a WINS - server.

    OPTIONS

    -D

    If specified, this parameter causes + server.

    OPTIONS

    -D

    If specified, this parameter causes nmbd to operate as a daemon. That is, it detaches itself and runs in the background, fielding requests on the appropriate port. By default, nmbd @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@

    -H <filename>

    NetBIOS lmhosts file. The lmhosts file is a list of NetBIOS names to IP addresses that is loaded by the nmbd server and used via the name - resolution mechanism name resolve order described in smb.conf(5) to resolve any + resolution mechanism name resolve order described in smb.conf(5) to resolve any NetBIOS name queries needed by the server. Note that the contents of this file are NOT used by nmbd to answer any name queries. @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ investigating a problem. Levels above 3 are designed for use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log data, most of which is extremely cryptic.

    Note that specifying this parameter here will -override the log level parameter +override the parameter in the smb.conf file.

    -l|--logfile=logdirectory

    Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension ".progname" will be appended (e.g. log.smbclient, log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client. @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ This option changes the default UDP port number (normally 137) that nmbd responds to name queries on. Don't use this option unless you are an expert, in which case you - won't need help!

    FILES

    /etc/inetd.conf

    If the server is to be run by the + won't need help!

    FILES

    /etc/inetd.conf

    If the server is to be run by the inetd meta-daemon, this file must contain suitable startup information for the meta-daemon. @@ -104,18 +104,18 @@ configuration file. Other common places that systems install this file are /usr/samba/lib/smb.conf and /etc/samba/smb.conf.

    When run as a WINS server (see the - wins support + wins support parameter in the smb.conf(5) man page), nmbd will store the WINS database in the file wins.dat in the var/locks directory configured under wherever Samba was configured to install itself.

    If nmbd is acting as a - browse master (see the local master + browse master (see the local master parameter in the smb.conf(5) man page, nmbd will store the browsing database in the file browse.dat in the var/locks directory configured under wherever Samba was configured to install itself. -

    SIGNALS

    To shut down an nmbd process it is recommended +

    SIGNALS

    To shut down an nmbd process it is recommended that SIGKILL (-9) NOT be used, except as a last resort, as this may leave the name database in an inconsistent state. The correct way to terminate nmbd is to send it @@ -129,13 +129,13 @@ using smbcontrol(1) (SIGUSR[1|2] signals are no longer used since Samba 2.2). This is to allow transient problems to be diagnosed, whilst still running - at a normally low log level.

    VERSION

    This man page is correct for version 3.0 of - the Samba suite.

    SEE ALSO

    + at a normally low log level.

    VERSION

    This man page is correct for version 3.0 of + the Samba suite.

    SEE ALSO

    inetd(8), smbd(8), smb.conf(5), smbclient(1), testparm(1), testprns(1), and the Internet RFC's rfc1001.txt, rfc1002.txt. In addition the CIFS (formerly SMB) specification is available as a link from the Web page - http://samba.org/cifs/.

    AUTHOR

    The original Samba software and related utilities + http://samba.org/cifs/.

    AUTHOR

    The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed.

    The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer. diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/nmblookup.1.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/nmblookup.1.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/nmblookup.1.html 2005-02-03 21:51:33.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/nmblookup.1.html 2005-03-17 15:15:03.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ nmblookup

    Name

    nmblookup — NetBIOS over TCP/IP client used to lookup NetBIOS - names

    Synopsis

    nmblookup [-M] [-R] [-S] [-r] [-A] [-h] [-B <broadcast address>] [-U <unicast address>] [-d <debug level>] [-s <smb config file>] [-i <NetBIOS scope>] [-T] [-f] {name}

    DESCRIPTION

    This tool is part of the samba(7) suite.

    nmblookup is used to query NetBIOS names + names

    Synopsis

    nmblookup [-M] [-R] [-S] [-r] [-A] [-h] [-B <broadcast address>] [-U <unicast address>] [-d <debug level>] [-s <smb config file>] [-i <NetBIOS scope>] [-T] [-f] {name}

    DESCRIPTION

    This tool is part of the samba(7) suite.

    nmblookup is used to query NetBIOS names and map them to IP addresses in a network using NetBIOS over TCP/IP queries. The options allow the name queries to be directed at a particular IP broadcast area or to a particular machine. All queries - are done over UDP.

    OPTIONS

    -M

    Searches for a master browser by looking + are done over UDP.

    OPTIONS

    -M

    Searches for a master browser by looking up the NetBIOS name name with a type of 0x1d. If name is "-" then it does a lookup on the special name @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@

    -A

    Interpret name as an IP Address and do a node status query on this address.

    -n <primary NetBIOS name>

    This option allows you to override the NetBIOS name that Samba uses for itself. This is identical -to setting the netbios name parameter in the smb.conf file. +to setting the parameter in the smb.conf file. However, a command line setting will take precedence over settings in smb.conf.

    -i <scope>

    This specifies a NetBIOS scope that @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ investigating a problem. Levels above 3 are designed for use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log data, most of which is extremely cryptic.

    Note that specifying this parameter here will -override the log level parameter +override the parameter in the smb.conf file.

    -l|--logfile=logdirectory

    Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension ".progname" will be appended (e.g. log.smbclient, log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client. @@ -88,12 +88,12 @@ If a NetBIOS name then the different name types may be specified by appending '#<type>' to the name. This name may also be '*', which will return all registered names within a broadcast - area.

    EXAMPLES

    nmblookup can be used to query + area.

    EXAMPLES

    nmblookup can be used to query a WINS server (in the same way nslookup is used to query DNS servers). To query a WINS server, nmblookup must be called like this:

    nmblookup -U server -R 'name'

    For example, running :

    nmblookup -U samba.org -R 'IRIX#1B'

    would query the WINS server samba.org for the domain - master browser (1B name type) for the IRIX workgroup.

    VERSION

    This man page is correct for version 3.0 of - the Samba suite.

    AUTHOR

    The original Samba software and related utilities + master browser (1B name type) for the IRIX workgroup.

    VERSION

    This man page is correct for version 3.0 of + the Samba suite.

    AUTHOR

    The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed.

    The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer. diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/ntlm_auth.1.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/ntlm_auth.1.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/ntlm_auth.1.html 2005-02-03 21:51:38.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/ntlm_auth.1.html 2005-03-17 15:15:13.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,18 +1,18 @@ -ntlm_auth

    Name

    ntlm_auth — tool to allow external access to Winbind's NTLM authentication function

    Synopsis

    ntlm_auth [-d debuglevel] [-l logdir] [-s <smb config file>]

    DESCRIPTION

    This tool is part of the samba(7) suite.

    ntlm_auth is a helper utility that authenticates +ntlm_auth

    Name

    ntlm_auth — tool to allow external access to Winbind's NTLM authentication function

    Synopsis

    ntlm_auth [-d debuglevel] [-l logdir] [-s <smb config file>]

    DESCRIPTION

    This tool is part of the samba(7) suite.

    ntlm_auth is a helper utility that authenticates users using NT/LM authentication. It returns 0 if the users is authenticated successfully and 1 if access was denied. ntlm_auth uses winbind to access the user and authentication data for a domain. This utility is only indended to be used by other programs (currently Squid and mod_ntlm_winbind) -

    OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

    +

    OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

    The winbindd(8) daemon must be operational for many of these commands to function.

    Some of these commands also require access to the directory winbindd_privileged in $LOCKDIR. This should be done either by running this command as root or providing group access to the winbindd_privileged directory. For - security reasons, this directory should not be world-accessable.

    OPTIONS

    --helper-protocol=PROTO

    + security reasons, this directory should not be world-accessable.

    OPTIONS

    --helper-protocol=PROTO

    Operate as a stdio-based helper. Valid helper protocols are:

    squid-2.4-basic

    Server-side helper for use with Squid 2.4's basic (plaintext) @@ -64,34 +64,33 @@ any data (such as usernames/passwords) that may contain malicous user data, such as a newline. They may also need to decode strings from the helper, which likewise may have been base64 encoded.

    Username

    The username, expected to be in - Samba's unix charset. -

    Example 1. 

    Username: bob

    Example 2. 

    Username:: Ym9i
    Username

    The user's domain, expected to be in - Samba's unix charset. -

    Example 3. 

    Domain: WORKGROUP

    Example 4. 

    Domain:: V09SS0dST1VQ
    Full-Username

    The fully qualified username, expected to be in - Samba's unix - charset and qualified with the - winbind separator. -

    Example 5. 

    Full-Username: WORKGROUP\bob

    Example 6. 

    Full-Username:: V09SS0dST1VQYm9i
    LANMAN-Challenge

    The 8 byte LANMAN Challenge value, + Samba's unix charset. +

    Example 1. 

    Username: bob

    Example 2. 

    Username:: Ym9i
    Username

    The user's domain, expected to be in + Samba's unix charset. +

    Example 3. 

    Domain: WORKGROUP

    Example 4. 

    Domain:: V09SS0dST1VQ
    Full-Username

    The fully qualified username, expected to be in + Samba's and qualified with the + winbind separator. +

    Example 5. 

    Full-Username: WORKGROUP\bob

    Example 6. 

    Full-Username:: V09SS0dST1VQYm9i
    LANMAN-Challenge

    The 8 byte LANMAN Challenge value, generated randomly by the server, or (in cases such as MSCHAPv2) generated in some way by both the server and the client. -

    Example 7. 

    LANMAN-Challege: 0102030405060708
    LANMAN-Response

    The 24 byte LANMAN Response value, +

    Example 7. 

    LANMAN-Challege: 0102030405060708
    LANMAN-Response

    The 24 byte LANMAN Response value, calculated from the user's password and the supplied LANMAN Challenge. Typically, this is provided over the network by a client wishing to authenticate. -

    Example 8. 

    LANMAN-Response: 0102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F101112131415161718
    NT-Response

    The >= 24 byte NT Response +

    Example 8. 

    LANMAN-Response: 0102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F101112131415161718
    NT-Response

    The >= 24 byte NT Response calculated from the user's password and the supplied LANMAN Challenge. Typically, this is provided over the network by a client wishing to authenticate. -

    Example 9. 

    NT-Response: 0102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F101112131415161718
    Password

    The user's password. This would be +

    Example 9. 

    NT-Response: 0102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F101112131415161718
    Password

    The user's password. This would be provided by a network client, if the helper is being used in a legacy situation that exposes plaintext passwords in this way. -

    Example 10. 

    Password: samba2

    Example 11. 

    Password:: c2FtYmEy
    Request-User-Session-Key

    Apon sucessful authenticaiton, return +

    Example 10. 

    Password: samba2

    Example 11. 

    Password:: c2FtYmEy
    Request-User-Session-Key

    Apon sucessful authenticaiton, return the user session key associated with the login. -

    Example 12. 

    Request-User-Session-Key: Yes
    Request-LanMan-Session-Key

    Apon sucessful authenticaiton, return +

    Example 12. 

    Request-User-Session-Key: Yes
    Request-LanMan-Session-Key

    Apon sucessful authenticaiton, return the LANMAN session key associated with the login. -

    Example 13. 

    Request-LanMan-Session-Key: Yes
    --username=USERNAME

    +

    Example 13. 

    Request-LanMan-Session-Key: Yes
    --username=USERNAME

    Specify username of user to authenticate

    --domain=DOMAIN

    Specify domain of user to authenticate @@ -124,12 +123,12 @@ investigating a problem. Levels above 3 are designed for use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log data, most of which is extremely cryptic.

    Note that specifying this parameter here will -override the log level parameter +override the parameter in the smb.conf file.

    -l|--logfile=logdirectory

    Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension ".progname" will be appended (e.g. log.smbclient, log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client.

    -h|--help

    Print a summary of command line options. -

    EXAMPLE SETUP

    To setup ntlm_auth for use by squid 2.5, with both basic and +

    EXAMPLE SETUP

    To setup ntlm_auth for use by squid 2.5, with both basic and NTLMSSP authentication, the following should be placed in the squid.conf file.

    @@ -145,13 +144,13 @@
     

     auth_param ntlm program ntlm_auth --helper-protocol=squid-2.5-ntlmssp --require-membership-of='WORKGROUP\Domain Users'
     auth_param basic program ntlm_auth --helper-protocol=squid-2.5-basic --require-membership-of='WORKGROUP\Domain Users'
    -

    TROUBLESHOOTING

    If you're experiencing problems with authenticating Internet Explorer running +

    TROUBLESHOOTING

    If you're experiencing problems with authenticating Internet Explorer running under MS Windows 9X or Millenium Edition against ntlm_auth's NTLMSSP authentication helper (--helper-protocol=squid-2.5-ntlmssp), then please read the Microsoft Knowledge Base article #239869 and follow instructions described there. -

    VERSION

    This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba - suite.

    AUTHOR

    The original Samba software and related utilities +

    VERSION

    This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba + suite.

    AUTHOR

    The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed.

    The ntlm_auth manpage was written by Jelmer Vernooij and diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/pam_winbind.8.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/pam_winbind.8.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/pam_winbind.8.html 2005-02-03 21:51:41.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/pam_winbind.8.html 2005-03-17 15:15:21.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pam_winbind

    Name

    pam_winbind — PAM module for Winbind

    DESCRIPTION

    This tool is part of the samba(7) suite.

    pam_winbind is a PAM module that can authenticate users against the local domain - by talking to the Winbind daemon.

    OPTIONS

    +pam_winbind

    Name

    pam_winbind — PAM module for Winbind

    DESCRIPTION

    This tool is part of the samba(7) suite.

    pam_winbind is a PAM module that can authenticate users against the local domain + by talking to the Winbind daemon.

    OPTIONS

    pam_winbind supports several options:

    debug

    Gives debugging output to syslog.

    require_membership_of=[SID or NAME]

    If this option is set, pam_winbind will only succeed if the @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@

    -

    VERSION

    This man page is correct for version 3.0 of Samba.

    AUTHOR

    The original Samba software and related utilities +

    VERSION

    This man page is correct for version 3.0 of Samba.

    AUTHOR

    The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed.

    This manpage was written by Jelmer Vernooij and Guenther Deschner.

    diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/pdbedit.8.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/pdbedit.8.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/pdbedit.8.html 2005-02-03 21:51:45.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/pdbedit.8.html 2005-03-17 15:15:25.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -pdbedit

    Name

    pdbedit — manage the SAM database (Database of Samba Users)

    Synopsis

    pdbedit [-L] [-v] [-w] [-u username] [-f fullname] [-h homedir] [-D drive] [-S script] [-p profile] [-a] [-m] [-r] [-x] [-i passdb-backend] [-e passdb-backend] [-b passdb-backend] [-g] [-d debuglevel] [-s configfile] [-P account-policy] [-C value] [-c account-control]

    DESCRIPTION

    This tool is part of the samba(7) suite.

    The pdbedit program is used to manage the users accounts +pdbedit

    Name

    pdbedit — manage the SAM database (Database of Samba Users)

    Synopsis

    pdbedit [-L] [-v] [-w] [-u username] [-f fullname] [-h homedir] [-D drive] [-S script] [-p profile] [-a] [-m] [-r] [-x] [-i passdb-backend] [-e passdb-backend] [-b passdb-backend] [-g] [-d debuglevel] [-s configfile] [-P account-policy] [-C value] [-c account-control]

    DESCRIPTION

    This tool is part of the samba(7) suite.

    The pdbedit program is used to manage the users accounts stored in the sam database and can only be run by root.

    The pdbedit tool uses the passdb modular interface and is independent from the kind of users database used (currently there are smbpasswd, ldap, nis+ and tdb based and more can be added without changing the tool).

    There are five main ways to use pdbedit: adding a user account, removing a user account, modifing a user account, listing user - accounts, importing users accounts.

    OPTIONS

    -L

    This option lists all the user accounts + accounts, importing users accounts.

    OPTIONS

    -L

    This option lists all the user accounts present in the users database. This option prints a list of user/uid pairs separated by the ':' character.

    Example: pdbedit -L

    @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
     retype new password
     

    Note

    pdbedit does not call the unix password syncronisation - script if unix password sync + script if unix password sync has been set. It only updates the data in the Samba user database.

    If you wish to add a user and synchronise the password @@ -130,12 +130,12 @@ investigating a problem. Levels above 3 are designed for use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log data, most of which is extremely cryptic.

    Note that specifying this parameter here will -override the log level parameter +override the parameter in the smb.conf file.

    -l|--logfile=logdirectory

    Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension ".progname" will be appended (e.g. log.smbclient, log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client. -

    NOTES

    This command may be used only by root.

    VERSION

    This man page is correct for version 3.0 of - the Samba suite.

    AUTHOR

    The original Samba software and related utilities +

    NOTES

    This command may be used only by root.

    VERSION

    This man page is correct for version 3.0 of + the Samba suite.

    AUTHOR

    The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed.

    The pdbedit manpage was written by Simo Sorce and Jelmer Vernooij.

    diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/profiles.1.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/profiles.1.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/profiles.1.html 2005-02-03 21:51:50.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/profiles.1.html 2005-03-17 15:15:29.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ profiles

    Name

    profiles — A utility to report and change SIDs in registry files -

    Synopsis

    profiles [-v] [-c SID] [-n SID] {file}

    DESCRIPTION

    This tool is part of the samba(7) suite.

    profiles is a utility that +

    Synopsis

    profiles [-v] [-c SID] [-n SID] {file}

    DESCRIPTION

    This tool is part of the samba(7) suite.

    profiles is a utility that reports and changes SIDs in windows registry files. It currently only supports NT. -

    OPTIONS

    file

    Registry file to view or edit.

    -v,--verbose

    Increases verbosity of messages. +

    OPTIONS

    file

    Registry file to view or edit.

    -v,--verbose

    Increases verbosity of messages.

    -c SID1 -n SID2

    Change all occurences of SID1 in file by SID2.

    -h|--help

    Print a summary of command line options. -

    VERSION

    This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba - suite.

    AUTHOR

    The original Samba software and related utilities +

    VERSION

    This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba + suite.

    AUTHOR

    The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed.

    The profiles man page was written by Jelmer Vernooij.

    diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/rpcclient.1.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/rpcclient.1.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/rpcclient.1.html 2005-02-03 21:51:54.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/rpcclient.1.html 2005-03-17 15:15:32.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ rpcclient

    Name

    rpcclient — tool for executing client side - MS-RPC functions

    Synopsis

    rpcclient [-A authfile] [-c <command string>] [-d debuglevel] [-h] [-l logdir] [-N] [-s <smb config file>] [-U username[%password]] [-W workgroup] [-N] [-I destinationIP] {server}

    DESCRIPTION

    This tool is part of the samba(7) suite.

    rpcclient is a utility initially developed + MS-RPC functions

    Synopsis

    rpcclient [-A authfile] [-c <command string>] [-d debuglevel] [-h] [-l logdir] [-N] [-s <smb config file>] [-U username[%password]] [-W workgroup] [-N] [-I destinationIP] {server}

    DESCRIPTION

    This tool is part of the samba(7) suite.

    rpcclient is a utility initially developed to test MS-RPC functionality in Samba itself. It has undergone several stages of development and stability. Many system administrators have now written scripts around it to manage Windows NT clients from - their UNIX workstation.

    OPTIONS

    server

    NetBIOS name of Server to which to connect. + their UNIX workstation.

    OPTIONS

    server

    NetBIOS name of Server to which to connect. The server can be any SMB/CIFS server. The name is - resolved using the name resolve order line from smb.conf(5).

    -c|--command='command string'

    execute semicolon separated commands (listed + resolved using the name resolve order line from smb.conf(5).

    -c|--command='command string'

    execute semicolon separated commands (listed below))

    -I IP-address

    IP address is the address of the server to connect to. It should be specified in standard "a.b.c.d" notation.

    Normally the client would attempt to locate a named SMB/CIFS server by looking it up via the NetBIOS name resolution @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ investigating a problem. Levels above 3 are designed for use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log data, most of which is extremely cryptic.

    Note that specifying this parameter here will -override the log level parameter +override the parameter in the smb.conf file.

    -l|--logfile=logdirectory

    Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension ".progname" will be appended (e.g. log.smbclient, log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client. @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ password.

    -k

    Try to authenticate with kerberos. Only useful in an Active Directory environment. -

    -A|--authfile=filename

    This option allows +

    -A|--authentication-file=filename

    This option allows you to specify a file from which to read the username and password used in the connection. The format of the file is

    @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
     rpcclient to prompt for a password and type
     it in directly. 

    -n <primary NetBIOS name>

    This option allows you to override the NetBIOS name that Samba uses for itself. This is identical -to setting the netbios name parameter in the smb.conf file. +to setting the parameter in the smb.conf file. However, a command line setting will take precedence over settings in smb.conf.

    -i <scope>

    This specifies a NetBIOS scope that @@ -87,11 +87,11 @@ socket. See the socket options parameter in the smb.conf manual page for the list of valid options.

    -h|--help

    Print a summary of command line options. -

    COMMANDS

    LSARPC

    lsaquery

    Query info policy

    lookupsids

    Resolve a list +

    COMMANDS

    LSARPC

    lsaquery

    Query info policy

    lookupsids

    Resolve a list of SIDs to usernames.

    lookupnames

    Resolve a list of usernames to SIDs. -

    enumtrusts

    Enumerate trusted domains

    enumprivs

    Enumerate privileges

    getdispname

    Get the privilege name

    lsaenumsid

    Enumerate the LSA SIDS

    lsaenumprivsaccount

    Enumerate the privileges of an SID

    lsaenumacctrights

    Enumerate the rights of an SID

    lsaenumacctwithright

    Enumerate accounts with a right

    lsaaddacctrights

    Add rights to an account

    lsaremoveacctrights

    Remove rights from an account

    lsalookupprivvalue

    Get a privilege value given its name

    lsaquerysecobj

    Query LSA security object

    LSARPC-DS

    dsroledominfo

    Get Primary Domain Information

    DFS

    dfsexist

    Query DFS support

    dfsadd

    Add a DFS share

    dfsremove

    Remove a DFS share

    dfsgetinfo

    Query DFS share info

    dfsenum

    Enumerate dfs shares

    REG

    shutdown

    Remote Shutdown

    abortshutdown

    Abort Shutdown

    SRVSVC

    srvinfo

    Server query info

    netshareenum

    Enumerate shares

    netfileenum

    Enumerate open files

    netremotetod

    Fetch remote time of day

    SAMR

    queryuser

    Query user info

    querygroup

    Query group info

    queryusergroups

    Query user groups

    querygroupmem

    Query group membership

    queryaliasmem

    Query alias membership

    querydispinfo

    Query display info

    querydominfo

    Query domain info

    enumdomusers

    Enumerate domain users

    enumdomgroups

    Enumerate domain groups

    enumalsgroups

    Enumerate alias groups

    createdomuser

    Create domain user

    samlookupnames

    Look up names

    samlookuprids

    Look up names

    deletedomuser

    Delete domain user

    samquerysecobj

    Query SAMR security object

    getdompwinfo

    Retrieve domain password info

    lookupdomain

    Look up domain

    SPOOLSS

    adddriver <arch> <config> [<version>]

    +

    enumtrusts

    Enumerate trusted domains

    enumprivs

    Enumerate privileges

    getdispname

    Get the privilege name

    lsaenumsid

    Enumerate the LSA SIDS

    lsaenumprivsaccount

    Enumerate the privileges of an SID

    lsaenumacctrights

    Enumerate the rights of an SID

    lsaenumacctwithright

    Enumerate accounts with a right

    lsaaddacctrights

    Add rights to an account

    lsaremoveacctrights

    Remove rights from an account

    lsalookupprivvalue

    Get a privilege value given its name

    lsaquerysecobj

    Query LSA security object

    LSARPC-DS

    dsroledominfo

    Get Primary Domain Information

    DFS

    dfsexist

    Query DFS support

    dfsadd

    Add a DFS share

    dfsremove

    Remove a DFS share

    dfsgetinfo

    Query DFS share info

    dfsenum

    Enumerate dfs shares

    REG

    shutdown

    Remote Shutdown

    abortshutdown

    Abort Shutdown

    SRVSVC

    srvinfo

    Server query info

    netshareenum

    Enumerate shares

    netfileenum

    Enumerate open files

    netremotetod

    Fetch remote time of day

    SAMR

    queryuser

    Query user info

    querygroup

    Query group info

    queryusergroups

    Query user groups

    querygroupmem

    Query group membership

    queryaliasmem

    Query alias membership

    querydispinfo

    Query display info

    querydominfo

    Query domain info

    enumdomusers

    Enumerate domain users

    enumdomgroups

    Enumerate domain groups

    enumalsgroups

    Enumerate alias groups

    createdomuser

    Create domain user

    samlookupnames

    Look up names

    samlookuprids

    Look up names

    deletedomuser

    Delete domain user

    samquerysecobj

    Query SAMR security object

    getdompwinfo

    Retrieve domain password info

    lookupdomain

    Look up domain

    SPOOLSS

    adddriver <arch> <config> [<version>]

    Execute an AddPrinterDriver() RPC to install the printer driver information on the server. Note that the driver files should already exist in the directory returned by @@ -176,11 +176,11 @@ already be correctly installed on the print server.

    See also the enumprinters and enumdrivers commands for obtaining a list of of installed printers and drivers.

    addform

    Add form

    setform

    Set form

    getform

    Get form

    deleteform

    Delete form

    enumforms

    Enumerate form

    setprinter

    Set printer comment

    setprinterdata

    Set REG_SZ printer data

    setprintername <printername> - <newprintername>

    Set printer name

    rffpcnex

    Rffpcnex test

    NETLOGON

    logonctrl2

    Logon Control 2

    logonctrl

    Logon Control

    samsync

    Sam Synchronisation

    samdeltas

    Query Sam Deltas

    samlogon

    Sam Logon

    GENERAL COMMANDS

    debuglevel

    Set the current + <newprintername>

    Set printer name

    rffpcnex

    Rffpcnex test

    NETLOGON

    logonctrl2

    Logon Control 2

    logonctrl

    Logon Control

    samsync

    Sam Synchronisation

    samdeltas

    Query Sam Deltas

    samlogon

    Sam Logon

    GENERAL COMMANDS

    debuglevel

    Set the current debug level used to log information.

    help (?)

    Print a listing of all known commands or extended help on a particular command.

    quit (exit)

    Exit rpcclient - .

    BUGS

    rpcclient is designed as a developer testing tool + .

    BUGS

    rpcclient is designed as a developer testing tool and may not be robust in certain areas (such as command line parsing). It has been known to generate a core dump upon failures when invalid parameters where passed to the interpreter.

    From Luke Leighton's original rpcclient man page:

    WARNING! The MSRPC over SMB code has @@ -193,8 +193,8 @@ versions of smbd(8) and rpcclient(1) that are incompatible for some commands or services. Additionally, the developers are sending reports to Microsoft, and problems found or reported to Microsoft are fixed in Service Packs, which may - result in incompatibilities.

    VERSION

    This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba - suite.

    AUTHOR

    The original Samba software and related utilities + result in incompatibilities.

    VERSION

    This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba + suite.

    AUTHOR

    The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed.

    The original rpcclient man page was written by Matthew diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/samba.7.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/samba.7.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/samba.7.html 2005-02-03 21:51:58.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/samba.7.html 2005-03-17 15:15:35.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -samba

    Name

    samba — A Windows SMB/CIFS fileserver for UNIX

    Synopsis

    samba

    DESCRIPTION

    The Samba software suite is a collection of programs +samba

    Name

    samba — A Windows SMB/CIFS fileserver for UNIX

    Synopsis

    samba

    DESCRIPTION

    The Samba software suite is a collection of programs that implements the Server Message Block (commonly abbreviated as SMB) protocol for UNIX systems. This protocol is sometimes also referred to as the Common Internet File System (CIFS). For a @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ smbmnt(8)

    smbmount,smbumount and smbmnt are commands that can be used to mount CIFS/SMB shares on Linux.

    smbcquotas(1)

    smbcquotas is a tool that - can set remote QUOTA's on server with NTFS 5.

    COMPONENTS

    The Samba suite is made up of several components. Each + can set remote QUOTA's on server with NTFS 5.

    COMPONENTS

    The Samba suite is made up of several components. Each component is described in a separate manual page. It is strongly recommended that you read the documentation that comes with Samba and the manual pages of those components that you use. If the @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ for information on how to file a bug report or submit a patch.

    If you require help, visit the Samba webpage at http://www.samba.org/ and explore the many option available to you. -

    AVAILABILITY

    The Samba software suite is licensed under the +

    AVAILABILITY

    The Samba software suite is licensed under the GNU Public License(GPL). A copy of that license should have come with the package in the file COPYING. You are encouraged to distribute copies of the Samba suite, but @@ -88,14 +88,14 @@ the README file that comes with Samba.

    If you have access to a WWW viewer (such as Mozilla or Konqueror) then you will also find lots of useful information, including back issues of the Samba mailing list, at - http://lists.samba.org.

    VERSION

    This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the - Samba suite.

    CONTRIBUTIONS

    If you wish to contribute to the Samba project, + http://lists.samba.org.

    VERSION

    This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the + Samba suite.

    CONTRIBUTIONS

    If you wish to contribute to the Samba project, then I suggest you join the Samba mailing list at http://lists.samba.org.

    If you have patches to submit, visit http://devel.samba.org/ for information on how to do it properly. We prefer patches - in diff -u format.

    CONTRIBUTORS

    Contributors to the project are now too numerous + in diff -u format.

    CONTRIBUTORS

    Contributors to the project are now too numerous to mention here but all deserve the thanks of all Samba users. To see a full list, look at the change-log in the source package @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ http://cvs.samba.org/ for the contributors to Samba post-CVS. CVS is the Open Source source code control system used by the Samba Team to develop - Samba. The project would have been unmanageable without it.

    AUTHOR

    The original Samba software and related utilities + Samba. The project would have been unmanageable without it.

    AUTHOR

    The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed.

    The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer. diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/architecture.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/architecture.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/architecture.html 2005-02-03 21:54:17.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/architecture.html 2005-03-17 15:17:27.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Chapter 4. Samba Architecture

    Chapter 4. Samba Architecture

    Dan Shearer

    November 1997

    Introduction

    +Chapter 4. Samba Architecture

    Chapter 4. Samba Architecture

    Dan Shearer

    November 1997

    Introduction

    This document gives a general overview of how Samba works internally. The Samba Team has tried to come up with a model which is the best possible compromise between elegance, portability, security @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@

    1. Is Samba secure when running on Unix? The xyz platform? What about the root priveliges issue? -

    2. Pros and cons of multithreading in various parts of Samba

    3. Why not have a separate process for name resolution, WINS, and browsing?

    Multithreading and Samba

    +

  • Pros and cons of multithreading in various parts of Samba

  • Why not have a separate process for name resolution, WINS, and browsing?

  • Multithreading and Samba

    People sometimes tout threads as a uniformly good thing. They are very nice in their place but are quite inappropriate for smbd. nmbd is another matter, and multi-threading it would be very nice. @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ slower, less scalable, less portable and much less robust. The fact that we use a separate process for each connection is one of Samba's biggest advantages. -

    Threading smbd

    +

    Threading smbd

    A few problems that would arise from a threaded smbd are:

    1. It's not only to create threads instead of processes, but you @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@

    2. we couldn't use the system locking calls as the locking context of fcntl() is a process, not a thread. -

    Threading nmbd

    +

    Threading nmbd

    This would be ideal, but gets sunk by portability requirements.

    Andrew tried to write a test threads library for nmbd that used only @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ nasty to program cleanly due to the enormous amount of shared data (in complex structures) between the processes. We can't rely on each platform having a shared memory system. -

    nbmd Design

    +

    nbmd Design

    Originally Andrew used recursion to simulate a multi-threaded environment, which use the stack enormously and made for really confusing debugging sessions. Luke Leighton rewrote it to use a diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/debug.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/debug.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/debug.html 2005-02-03 21:54:17.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/debug.html 2005-03-17 15:17:27.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Chapter 5. The samba DEBUG system

    Chapter 5. The samba DEBUG system

    Chris Hertel

    July 1998

    New Output Syntax

    +Chapter 5. The samba DEBUG system

    Chapter 5. The samba DEBUG system

    Chris Hertel

    July 1998

    New Output Syntax

    The syntax of a debugging log file is represented as:

       >debugfile< :== { >debugmsg< }
    @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
     Note that in the above example the function names are not listed on
     the header line. That's because the example above was generated on an
     SGI Indy, and the SGI compiler doesn't support the __FUNCTION__ macro.
    -

    The DEBUG() Macro

    +

    The DEBUG() Macro

    Use of the DEBUG() macro is unchanged. DEBUG() takes two parameters. The first is the message level, the second is the body of a function call to the Debug1() function. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ [1998/07/30 16:00:51, 0] file.c:function(261) .

    Which isn't much use. The format buffer kludge fixes this problem. -

    The DEBUGADD() Macro

    +

    The DEBUGADD() Macro

    In addition to the kludgey solution to the broken line problem described above, there is a clean solution. The DEBUGADD() macro never generates a header. It will append new text to the current debug @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ This is the first line. This is the second line. This is the third line. -

    The DEBUGLVL() Macro

    +

    The DEBUGLVL() Macro

    One of the problems with the DEBUG() macro was that DEBUG() lines tended to get a bit long. Consider this example from nmbd_sendannounce.c: @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@

  • Processing that is only relevant to debug output can be contained within the DEBUGLVL() block. -

  • New Functions

    dbgtext()

    +

    New Functions

    dbgtext()

    This function prints debug message text to the debug file (and possibly to syslog) via the format buffer. The function uses a variable argument list just like printf() or Debug1(). The @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ If you use DEBUGLVL() you will probably print the body of the message using dbgtext(). -

    dbghdr()

    +

    dbghdr()

    This is the function that writes a debug message header. Headers are not processed via the format buffer. Also note that if the format buffer is not empty, a call to dbghdr() will not @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@

    It is not likely that this function will be called directly. It is used by DEBUG() and DEBUGADD(). -

    format_debug_text()

    +

    format_debug_text()

    This is a static function in debug.c. It stores the output text for the body of the message in a buffer until it encounters a newline. When the newline character is found, the buffer is diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/index.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/index.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/index.html 2005-02-03 21:54:20.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/index.html 2005-03-17 15:17:29.000000000 -0600 @@ -26,12 +26,12 @@ This documentation is distributed under the GNU General Public License (GPL) version 2. A copy of the license is included with the Samba source distribution. A copy can be found on-line at http://www.fsf.org/licenses/gpl.txt -


    Table of Contents

    Attribution
    I. The protocol
    1. Definition of NetBIOS Protocol and Name Resolution Modes
    NETBIOS
    BROADCAST NetBIOS
    NBNS NetBIOS
    2. NetBIOS in a Unix World
    Introduction
    Usernames
    File Ownership
    Passwords
    Locking
    Deny Modes
    Trapdoor UIDs
    Port numbers
    Protocol Complexity
    3. NT Domain RPC's
    Introduction
    Sources
    Credits
    Notes and Structures
    Notes
    Enumerations
    Structures
    MSRPC over Transact Named Pipe
    MSRPC Pipes
    Header
    Tail
    RPC Bind / Bind Ack
    NTLSA Transact Named Pipe
    LSA Open Policy
    LSA Query Info Policy
    LSA Enumerate Trusted Domains
    LSA Open Secret
    LSA Close
    LSA Lookup SIDS
    LSA Lookup Names
    NETLOGON rpc Transact Named Pipe
    LSA Request Challenge
    LSA Authenticate 2
    LSA Server Password Set
    LSA SAM Logon
    LSA SAM Logoff
    \\MAILSLOT\NET\NTLOGON
    Query for PDC
    SAM Logon
    SRVSVC Transact Named Pipe
    Net Share Enum
    Net Server Get Info
    Cryptographic side of NT Domain Authentication
    Definitions
    Protocol
    Comments
    SIDs and RIDs
    Well-known SIDs
    Well-known RIDS
    II. Samba Basics
    4. Samba Architecture
    Introduction
    Multithreading and Samba
    Threading smbd
    Threading nmbd
    nbmd Design
    5. The samba DEBUG system
    New Output Syntax
    The DEBUG() Macro
    The DEBUGADD() Macro
    The DEBUGLVL() Macro
    New Functions
    dbgtext()
    dbghdr()
    format_debug_text()
    6. Samba Internals
    Character Handling
    The new functions
    Macros in byteorder.h
    CVAL(buf,pos)
    PVAL(buf,pos)
    SCVAL(buf,pos,val)
    SVAL(buf,pos)
    IVAL(buf,pos)
    SVALS(buf,pos)
    IVALS(buf,pos)
    SSVAL(buf,pos,val)
    SIVAL(buf,pos,val)
    SSVALS(buf,pos,val)
    SIVALS(buf,pos,val)
    RSVAL(buf,pos)
    RIVAL(buf,pos)
    RSSVAL(buf,pos,val)
    RSIVAL(buf,pos,val)
    LAN Manager Samba API
    Parameters
    Return value
    Code character table
    7. Coding Suggestions
    8. Contributing code
    9. Modules
    Advantages
    Loading modules
    Static modules
    Shared modules
    Writing modules
    Static/Shared selection in configure.in
    III. Samba Subsystems
    10. RPC Pluggable Modules
    About
    General Overview
    11. VFS Modules
    The Samba (Posix) VFS layer
    The general interface
    Possible VFS operation layers
    The Interaction between the Samba VFS subsystem and the modules
    Initialization and registration
    How the Modules handle per connection data
    Upgrading to the New VFS Interface
    Upgrading from 2.2.* and 3.0aplha modules
    Some Notes
    Implement TRANSPARENT functions
    Implement OPAQUE functions
    12. The registry subsystem
    Planned backends
    Data structures
    External interface
    Utility functions
    Writing backends
    Memory allocation
    13. The smb.conf file
    Lexical Analysis
    Handling of Whitespace
    Handling of Line Continuation
    Line Continuation Quirks
    Syntax
    About params.c
    14. Samba WINS Internals
    WINS Failover
    15. LanMan and NT Password Encryption
    Introduction
    How does it work?
    The smbpasswd file
    IV. Debugging and tracing
    16. Tracing samba system calls
    17. Finding useful information on windows
    Netlogon debugging output
    18. Samba Printing Internals
    Abstract
    +


    Table of Contents

    Attribution
    I. The protocol
    1. Definition of NetBIOS Protocol and Name Resolution Modes
    NETBIOS
    BROADCAST NetBIOS
    NBNS NetBIOS
    2. NetBIOS in a Unix World
    Introduction
    Usernames
    File Ownership
    Passwords
    Locking
    Deny Modes
    Trapdoor UIDs
    Port numbers
    Protocol Complexity
    3. NT Domain RPC's
    Introduction
    Sources
    Credits
    Notes and Structures
    Notes
    Enumerations
    Structures
    MSRPC over Transact Named Pipe
    MSRPC Pipes
    Header
    Tail
    RPC Bind / Bind Ack
    NTLSA Transact Named Pipe
    LSA Open Policy
    LSA Query Info Policy
    LSA Enumerate Trusted Domains
    LSA Open Secret
    LSA Close
    LSA Lookup SIDS
    LSA Lookup Names
    NETLOGON rpc Transact Named Pipe
    LSA Request Challenge
    LSA Authenticate 2
    LSA Server Password Set
    LSA SAM Logon
    LSA SAM Logoff
    \\MAILSLOT\NET\NTLOGON
    Query for PDC
    SAM Logon
    SRVSVC Transact Named Pipe
    Net Share Enum
    Net Server Get Info
    Cryptographic side of NT Domain Authentication
    Definitions
    Protocol
    Comments
    SIDs and RIDs
    Well-known SIDs
    Well-known RIDS
    II. Samba Basics
    4. Samba Architecture
    Introduction
    Multithreading and Samba
    Threading smbd
    Threading nmbd
    nbmd Design
    5. The samba DEBUG system
    New Output Syntax
    The DEBUG() Macro
    The DEBUGADD() Macro
    The DEBUGLVL() Macro
    New Functions
    dbgtext()
    dbghdr()
    format_debug_text()
    6. Samba Internals
    Character Handling
    The new functions
    Macros in byteorder.h
    CVAL(buf,pos)
    PVAL(buf,pos)
    SCVAL(buf,pos,val)
    SVAL(buf,pos)
    IVAL(buf,pos)
    SVALS(buf,pos)
    IVALS(buf,pos)
    SSVAL(buf,pos,val)
    SIVAL(buf,pos,val)
    SSVALS(buf,pos,val)
    SIVALS(buf,pos,val)
    RSVAL(buf,pos)
    RIVAL(buf,pos)
    RSSVAL(buf,pos,val)
    RSIVAL(buf,pos,val)
    LAN Manager Samba API
    Parameters
    Return value
    Code character table
    7. Coding Suggestions
    8. Contributing code
    9. Modules
    Advantages
    Loading modules
    Static modules
    Shared modules
    Writing modules
    Static/Shared selection in configure.in
    III. Samba Subsystems
    10. RPC Pluggable Modules
    About
    General Overview
    11. VFS Modules
    The Samba (Posix) VFS layer
    The general interface
    Possible VFS operation layers
    The Interaction between the Samba VFS subsystem and the modules
    Initialization and registration
    How the Modules handle per connection data
    Upgrading to the New VFS Interface
    Upgrading from 2.2.* and 3.0aplha modules
    Some Notes
    Implement TRANSPARENT functions
    Implement OPAQUE functions
    12. The registry subsystem
    Planned backends
    Data structures
    External interface
    Utility functions
    Writing backends
    Memory allocation
    13. The smb.conf file
    Lexical Analysis
    Handling of Whitespace
    Handling of Line Continuation
    Line Continuation Quirks
    Syntax
    About params.c
    14. Samba WINS Internals
    WINS Failover
    15. LanMan and NT Password Encryption
    Introduction
    How does it work?
    The smbpasswd file
    IV. Debugging and tracing
    16. Tracing samba system calls
    17. Finding useful information on windows
    Netlogon debugging output
    18. Samba Printing Internals
    Abstract
    Printing Interface to Various Back ends -
    +
    Print Queue TDB's -
    +
    ChangeID and Client Caching of Printer Information -
    +
    Windows NT/2K Printer Change Notify -
    V. Appendices
    19. Notes to packagers
    Versioning
    Modules
    +
    V. Appendices
    19. Notes to packagers
    Versioning
    Modules
    diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/internals.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/internals.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/internals.html 2005-02-03 21:54:18.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/internals.html 2005-03-17 15:17:28.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Chapter 6. Samba Internals

    Chapter 6. Samba Internals

    8 May 1996

    Character Handling

    +Chapter 6. Samba Internals

    Chapter 6. Samba Internals

    8 May 1996

    Character Handling

    This section describes character set handling in Samba, as implemented in Samba 3.0 and above

    @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ telling if a particular char* is in dos codepage or unix codepage. This led to a nightmare of code that tried to cope with particular cases without handlingt the general case. -

    The new functions

    +

    The new functions

    The new system works like this:

    1. all char* strings inside Samba are "unix" strings. These are @@ -70,28 +70,28 @@ parameters is gone.

    2. all vfs functions take unix strings. Don't convert when passing to them -

    Macros in byteorder.h

    +

    Macros in byteorder.h

    This section describes the macros defined in byteorder.h. These macros are used extensively in the Samba code. -

    CVAL(buf,pos)

    +

    CVAL(buf,pos)

    returns the byte at offset pos within buffer buf as an unsigned character. -

    PVAL(buf,pos)

    returns the value of CVAL(buf,pos) cast to type unsigned integer.

    SCVAL(buf,pos,val)

    sets the byte at offset pos within buffer buf to value val.

    SVAL(buf,pos)

    +

    PVAL(buf,pos)

    returns the value of CVAL(buf,pos) cast to type unsigned integer.

    SCVAL(buf,pos,val)

    sets the byte at offset pos within buffer buf to value val.

    SVAL(buf,pos)

    returns the value of the unsigned short (16 bit) little-endian integer at offset pos within buffer buf. An integer of this type is sometimes refered to as "USHORT". -

    IVAL(buf,pos)

    returns the value of the unsigned 32 bit little-endian integer at offset -pos within buffer buf.

    SVALS(buf,pos)

    returns the value of the signed short (16 bit) little-endian integer at -offset pos within buffer buf.

    IVALS(buf,pos)

    returns the value of the signed 32 bit little-endian integer at offset pos -within buffer buf.

    SSVAL(buf,pos,val)

    sets the unsigned short (16 bit) little-endian integer at offset pos within -buffer buf to value val.

    SIVAL(buf,pos,val)

    sets the unsigned 32 bit little-endian integer at offset pos within buffer -buf to the value val.

    SSVALS(buf,pos,val)

    sets the short (16 bit) signed little-endian integer at offset pos within -buffer buf to the value val.

    SIVALS(buf,pos,val)

    sets the signed 32 bit little-endian integer at offset pos withing buffer -buf to the value val.

    RSVAL(buf,pos)

    returns the value of the unsigned short (16 bit) big-endian integer at -offset pos within buffer buf.

    RIVAL(buf,pos)

    returns the value of the unsigned 32 bit big-endian integer at offset -pos within buffer buf.

    RSSVAL(buf,pos,val)

    sets the value of the unsigned short (16 bit) big-endian integer at +

    IVAL(buf,pos)

    returns the value of the unsigned 32 bit little-endian integer at offset +pos within buffer buf.

    SVALS(buf,pos)

    returns the value of the signed short (16 bit) little-endian integer at +offset pos within buffer buf.

    IVALS(buf,pos)

    returns the value of the signed 32 bit little-endian integer at offset pos +within buffer buf.

    SSVAL(buf,pos,val)

    sets the unsigned short (16 bit) little-endian integer at offset pos within +buffer buf to value val.

    SIVAL(buf,pos,val)

    sets the unsigned 32 bit little-endian integer at offset pos within buffer +buf to the value val.

    SSVALS(buf,pos,val)

    sets the short (16 bit) signed little-endian integer at offset pos within +buffer buf to the value val.

    SIVALS(buf,pos,val)

    sets the signed 32 bit little-endian integer at offset pos withing buffer +buf to the value val.

    RSVAL(buf,pos)

    returns the value of the unsigned short (16 bit) big-endian integer at +offset pos within buffer buf.

    RIVAL(buf,pos)

    returns the value of the unsigned 32 bit big-endian integer at offset +pos within buffer buf.

    RSSVAL(buf,pos,val)

    sets the value of the unsigned short (16 bit) big-endian integer at offset pos within buffer buf to value val. -refered to as "USHORT".

    RSIVAL(buf,pos,val)

    sets the value of the unsigned 32 bit big-endian integer at offset -pos within buffer buf to value val.

    LAN Manager Samba API

    +refered to as "USHORT".

    RSIVAL(buf,pos,val)

    sets the value of the unsigned 32 bit big-endian integer at offset +pos within buffer buf to value val.

    LAN Manager Samba API

    This section describes the functions need to make a LAN Manager RPC call. This information had been obtained by examining the Samba code and the LAN Manager 2.0 API documentation. It should not be considered entirely @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@

    This function is defined in client.c. It uses an SMB transaction to call a remote api. -

    Parameters

    The parameters are as follows:

    1. +

      Parameters

      The parameters are as follows:

      1. prcnt: the number of bytes of parameters begin sent.

      2. drcnt: the number of bytes of data begin sent. @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@

      The code in client.c always calls call_api() with no data. It is unclear when a non-zero length data buffer would be sent. -

      Return value

      +

      Return value

      The returned parameters (pointed to by rparam), in their order of appearance are:

      1. An unsigned 16 bit integer which contains the API function's return code. @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ The third parameter (which may be read as "SVAL(rparam,4)") has something to do with indicating the amount of data returned or possibly the amount of data which can be returned if enough buffer space is allowed. -

      Code character table

      +

    Code character table

    Certain data structures are described by means of ASCIIz strings containing code characters. These are the code characters:

    1. diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/modules.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/modules.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/modules.html 2005-02-03 21:54:18.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/modules.html 2005-03-17 15:17:28.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -Chapter 9. Modules

      Chapter 9. Modules

      Jelmer Vernooij

      Samba Team

      19 March 2003

      Advantages

      +Chapter 9. Modules

      Chapter 9. Modules

      Jelmer Vernooij

      Samba Team

      19 March 2003

      Advantages

      The new modules system has the following advantages:

      Transparent loading of static and shared modules (no need -for a subsystem to know about modules)
      Simple selection between shared and static modules at configure time
      "preload modules" option for increasing performance for stable modules
      No nasty #define stuff anymore
      All backends are available as plugin now (including pdb_ldap and pdb_tdb)

      Loading modules

      +for a subsystem to know about modules)Simple selection between shared and static modules at configure time"preload modules" option for increasing performance for stable modulesNo nasty #define stuff anymoreAll backends are available as plugin now (including pdb_ldap and pdb_tdb)

      Loading modules

      Some subsystems in samba use different backends. These backends can be either statically linked in to samba or available as a plugin. A subsystem should have a function that allows a module to register itself. For example, @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@

      This function will be called by the initialisation function of the module to register itself. -

      Static modules

      +

      Static modules

      The modules system compiles a list of initialisation functions for the static modules of each subsystem. This is a define. For example, it is here currently (from include/config.h): @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@

      These functions should be called before the subsystem is used. That should be done when the subsystem is initialised or first used. -

      Shared modules

      +

      Shared modules

      If a subsystem needs a certain backend, it should check if it has already been registered. If the backend hasn't been registered already, the subsystem should call smb_probe_module(char *subsystem, char *backend). @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ absolute path specified in 'backend'.

      After smb_probe_module() has been executed, the subsystem should check again if the module has been registered. -

      Writing modules

      +

      Writing modules

      Each module has an initialisation function. For modules that are included with samba this name is 'subsystem_backend_init'. For external modules (that will never be built-in, but only available as a module) this name is always 'init_module'. (In the case of modules included with samba, the configure system will add a #define subsystem_backend_init() init_module()). The prototype for these functions is: @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ smb_register_passdb(PASSDB_INTERFACE_VERSION, "ldapsam_nua", pdb_init_ldapsam_nua); return NT_STATUS_OK; } -

      Static/Shared selection in configure.in

      +

      Static/Shared selection in configure.in

      Some macros in configure.in generate the various defines and substs that are necessary for the system to work correct. All modules that should be built by default have to be added to the variable 'default_modules'. diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/netbios.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/netbios.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/netbios.html 2005-02-03 21:54:15.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/netbios.html 2005-03-17 15:17:25.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Chapter 1. Definition of NetBIOS Protocol and Name Resolution Modes

      Chapter 1. Definition of NetBIOS Protocol and Name Resolution Modes

      Luke Leighton

      12 June 1997

      NETBIOS

      +Chapter 1. Definition of NetBIOS Protocol and Name Resolution Modes

      Chapter 1. Definition of NetBIOS Protocol and Name Resolution Modes

      Luke Leighton

      12 June 1997

      NETBIOS

      NetBIOS runs over the following transports: TCP/IP; NetBEUI and IPX/SPX. Samba only uses NetBIOS over TCP/IP. For details on the TCP/IP NetBIOS Session Service NetBIOS Datagram Service, and NetBIOS Names, see @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ UNIQUE NetBIOS name on a network.

      There are two kinds of NetBIOS Name resolution: Broadcast and Point-to-Point. -

      BROADCAST NetBIOS

      +

      BROADCAST NetBIOS

      Clients can claim names, and therefore offer services on successfully claimed names, on their broadcast-isolated subnet. One way to get NetBIOS services (such as browsing: see ftp.microsoft.com/drg/developr/CIFS/browdiff.txt; and @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ broadcast traffic. [If you have IPX/SPX on your LAN or WAN, you will find that this is already happening: a packet analyzer will show, roughly every twelve minutes, great swathes of broadcast traffic!]. -

      NBNS NetBIOS

      +

      NBNS NetBIOS

      rfc1001.txt describes, amongst other things, the implementation and use of, a 'NetBIOS Name Service'. NT/AS offers 'Windows Internet Name Service' which is fully rfc1001/2 compliant, but has had to take specific action diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/ntdomain.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/ntdomain.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/ntdomain.html 2005-02-03 21:54:17.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/ntdomain.html 2005-03-17 15:17:27.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Chapter 3. NT Domain RPC's

      Chapter 3. NT Domain RPC's

      Luke Leighton

      Duncan Stansfield

      01 November 97(version 0.0.24)

    2. the cryptographic side of the NetrServerPasswordSet command, which would allow the workstation to change its password. This password is used to generate the long-term session key. [It is possible to reject this -command, and keep the default workstation password].

    Sources

    cket Traces from Netmonitor (Service Pack 1 and above)
    ul Ashton and Luke Leighton's other "NT Domain" doc.
    FS documentation - cifs6.txt
    FS documentation - cifsrap2.txt

    Credits

    Paul Ashton: loads of work with Net Monitor; understanding the NT authentication system; reference implementation of the NT domain support on which this document is originally based.
    Duncan Stansfield: low-level analysis of MSRPC Pipes.
    Linus Nordberg: producing c-code from Paul's crypto spec.
    Windows Sourcer development team

    Notes and Structures

    Notes

    1. +command, and keep the default workstation password].

    Sources

    cket Traces from Netmonitor (Service Pack 1 and above)
    ul Ashton and Luke Leighton's other "NT Domain" doc.
    FS documentation - cifs6.txt
    FS documentation - cifsrap2.txt

    Credits

    Paul Ashton: loads of work with Net Monitor; understanding the NT authentication system; reference implementation of the NT domain support on which this document is originally based.
    Duncan Stansfield: low-level analysis of MSRPC Pipes.
    Linus Nordberg: producing c-code from Paul's crypto spec.
    Windows Sourcer development team

    Notes and Structures

    Notes

    1. In the SMB Transact pipes, some "Structures", described here, appear to be 4-byte aligned with the SMB header, at their start. Exactly which "Structures" need aligning is not precisely known or documented. @@ -72,15 +72,15 @@ the pointer is also non-zero. immediately following the pointer is the count again, followed by an array of container sub-structures. the count appears a third time after the last sub-structure. -

    Enumerations

    MSRPC Header type

    command number in the msrpc packet header

    MSRPC_Request:

    0x00

    MSRPC_Response:

    0x02

    MSRPC_Bind:

    0x0B

    MSRPC_BindAck:

    0x0C

    MSRPC Packet info

    The meaning of these flags is undocumented

    FirstFrag:

    0x01

    LastFrag:

    0x02

    NotaFrag:

    0x04

    RecRespond:

    0x08

    NoMultiplex:

    0x10

    NotForIdemp:

    0x20

    NotforBcast:

    0x40

    NoUuid:

    0x80

    Structures

    VOID *

    sizeof VOID* is 32 bits.

    char

    sizeof char is 8 bits.

    UTIME

    UTIME is 32 bits, indicating time in seconds since 01jan1970. documented in cifs6.txt (section 3.5 page, page 30).

    NTTIME

    NTTIME is 64 bits. documented in cifs6.txt (section 3.5 page, page 30).

    DOM_SID (domain SID structure)

    UINT32

    num of sub-authorities in domain SID

    UINT8

    SID revision number

    UINT8

    num of sub-authorities in domain SID

    UINT8[6]

    6 bytes for domain SID - Identifier Authority.

    UINT16[n_subauths]

    domain SID sub-authorities

    Note: the domain SID is documented elsewhere. -

    STR (string)

    STR (string) is a char[] : a null-terminated string of ascii characters.

    UNIHDR (unicode string header)

    UINT16

    length of unicode string

    UINT16

    max length of unicode string

    UINT32

    4 - undocumented.

    UNIHDR2 (unicode string header plus buffer pointer)

    UNIHDR

    unicode string header

    VOID*

    undocumented buffer pointer

    UNISTR (unicode string)

    UINT16[]

    null-terminated string of unicode characters.

    NAME (length-indicated unicode string)

    UINT32

    length of unicode string

    UINT16[]

    null-terminated string of unicode characters.

    UNISTR2 (aligned unicode string)

    UINT8[]

    padding to get unicode string 4-byte aligned with the start of the SMB header.

    UINT32

    max length of unicode string

    UINT32

    0 - undocumented

    UINT32

    length of unicode string

    UINT16[]

    string of uncode characters

    OBJ_ATTR (object attributes)

    UINT32

    0x18 - length (in bytes) including the length field.

    VOID*

    0 - root directory (pointer)

    VOID*

    0 - object name (pointer)

    UINT32

    0 - attributes (undocumented)

    VOID*

    0 - security descriptior (pointer)

    UINT32

    0 - security quality of service

    POL_HND (LSA policy handle)

    char[20]

    policy handle

    DOM_SID2 (domain SID structure, SIDS stored in unicode)

    UINT32

    5 - SID type

    UINT32

    0 - undocumented

    UNIHDR2

    domain SID unicode string header

    UNISTR

    domain SID unicode string

    Note: there is a conflict between the unicode string header and the unicode string itself as to which to use to indicate string length. this will need to be resolved.

    Note: the SID type indicates, for example, an alias; a well-known group etc. this is documented somewhere.

    DOM_RID (domain RID structure)

    UINT32

    5 - well-known SID. 1 - user SID (see ShowACLs)

    UINT32

    5 - undocumented

    UINT32

    domain RID

    UINT32

    0 - domain index out of above reference domains

    LOG_INFO (server, account, client structure)

    Note: logon server name starts with two '\' characters and is upper case.

    Note: account name is the logon client name from the LSA Request Challenge, with a $ on the end of it, in upper case.

    VOID*

    undocumented buffer pointer

    UNISTR2

    logon server unicode string

    UNISTR2

    account name unicode string

    UINT16

    sec_chan - security channel type

    UNISTR2

    logon client machine unicode string

    CLNT_SRV (server, client names structure)

    Note: logon server name starts with two '\' characters and is upper case.

    VOID*

    undocumented buffer pointer

    UNISTR2

    logon server unicode string

    VOID*

    undocumented buffer pointer

    UNISTR2

    logon client machine unicode string

    CREDS (credentials + time stamp)

    char[8]

    credentials

    UTIME

    time stamp

    CLNT_INFO2 (server, client structure, client credentials)

    Note: whenever this structure appears in a request, you must take a copy of the client-calculated credentials received, because they will beused in subsequent credential checks. the presumed intention is to - maintain an authenticated request/response trail.

    CLNT_SRV

    client and server names

    UINT8[]

    ???? padding, for 4-byte alignment with SMB header.

    VOID*

    pointer to client credentials.

    CREDS

    client-calculated credentials + client time

    CLNT_INFO (server, account, client structure, client credentials)

    Note: whenever this structure appears in a request, you must take a copy of the client-calculated credentials received, because they will be used in subsequent credential checks. the presumed intention is to maintain an authenticated request/response trail.

    LOG_INFO

    logon account info

    CREDS

    client-calculated credentials + client time

    ID_INFO_1 (id info structure, auth level 1)

    VOID*

    ptr_id_info_1

    UNIHDR

    domain name unicode header

    UINT32

    param control

    UINT64

    logon ID

    UNIHDR

    user name unicode header

    UNIHDR

    workgroup name unicode header

    char[16]

    arc4 LM OWF Password

    char[16]

    arc4 NT OWF Password

    UNISTR2

    domain name unicode string

    UNISTR2

    user name unicode string

    UNISTR2

    workstation name unicode string

    SAM_INFO (sam logon/logoff id info structure)

    Note: presumably, the return credentials is supposedly for the server to verify that the credential chain hasn't been compromised.

    CLNT_INFO2

    client identification/authentication info

    VOID*

    pointer to return credentials.

    CRED

    return credentials - ignored.

    UINT16

    logon level

    UINT16

    switch value

    +

    Enumerations

    MSRPC Header type

    command number in the msrpc packet header

    MSRPC_Request:

    0x00

    MSRPC_Response:

    0x02

    MSRPC_Bind:

    0x0B

    MSRPC_BindAck:

    0x0C

    MSRPC Packet info

    The meaning of these flags is undocumented

    FirstFrag:

    0x01

    LastFrag:

    0x02

    NotaFrag:

    0x04

    RecRespond:

    0x08

    NoMultiplex:

    0x10

    NotForIdemp:

    0x20

    NotforBcast:

    0x40

    NoUuid:

    0x80

    Structures

    VOID *

    sizeof VOID* is 32 bits.

    char

    sizeof char is 8 bits.

    UTIME

    UTIME is 32 bits, indicating time in seconds since 01jan1970. documented in cifs6.txt (section 3.5 page, page 30).

    NTTIME

    NTTIME is 64 bits. documented in cifs6.txt (section 3.5 page, page 30).

    DOM_SID (domain SID structure)

    UINT32

    num of sub-authorities in domain SID

    UINT8

    SID revision number

    UINT8

    num of sub-authorities in domain SID

    UINT8[6]

    6 bytes for domain SID - Identifier Authority.

    UINT16[n_subauths]

    domain SID sub-authorities

    Note: the domain SID is documented elsewhere. +

    STR (string)

    STR (string) is a char[] : a null-terminated string of ascii characters.

    UNIHDR (unicode string header)

    UINT16

    length of unicode string

    UINT16

    max length of unicode string

    UINT32

    4 - undocumented.

    UNIHDR2 (unicode string header plus buffer pointer)

    UNIHDR

    unicode string header

    VOID*

    undocumented buffer pointer

    UNISTR (unicode string)

    UINT16[]

    null-terminated string of unicode characters.

    NAME (length-indicated unicode string)

    UINT32

    length of unicode string

    UINT16[]

    null-terminated string of unicode characters.

    UNISTR2 (aligned unicode string)

    UINT8[]

    padding to get unicode string 4-byte aligned with the start of the SMB header.

    UINT32

    max length of unicode string

    UINT32

    0 - undocumented

    UINT32

    length of unicode string

    UINT16[]

    string of uncode characters

    OBJ_ATTR (object attributes)

    UINT32

    0x18 - length (in bytes) including the length field.

    VOID*

    0 - root directory (pointer)

    VOID*

    0 - object name (pointer)

    UINT32

    0 - attributes (undocumented)

    VOID*

    0 - security descriptior (pointer)

    UINT32

    0 - security quality of service

    POL_HND (LSA policy handle)

    char[20]

    policy handle

    DOM_SID2 (domain SID structure, SIDS stored in unicode)

    UINT32

    5 - SID type

    UINT32

    0 - undocumented

    UNIHDR2

    domain SID unicode string header

    UNISTR

    domain SID unicode string

    Note: there is a conflict between the unicode string header and the unicode string itself as to which to use to indicate string length. this will need to be resolved.

    Note: the SID type indicates, for example, an alias; a well-known group etc. this is documented somewhere.

    DOM_RID (domain RID structure)

    UINT32

    5 - well-known SID. 1 - user SID (see ShowACLs)

    UINT32

    5 - undocumented

    UINT32

    domain RID

    UINT32

    0 - domain index out of above reference domains

    LOG_INFO (server, account, client structure)

    Note: logon server name starts with two '\' characters and is upper case.

    Note: account name is the logon client name from the LSA Request Challenge, with a $ on the end of it, in upper case.

    VOID*

    undocumented buffer pointer

    UNISTR2

    logon server unicode string

    UNISTR2

    account name unicode string

    UINT16

    sec_chan - security channel type

    UNISTR2

    logon client machine unicode string

    CLNT_SRV (server, client names structure)

    Note: logon server name starts with two '\' characters and is upper case.

    VOID*

    undocumented buffer pointer

    UNISTR2

    logon server unicode string

    VOID*

    undocumented buffer pointer

    UNISTR2

    logon client machine unicode string

    CREDS (credentials + time stamp)

    char[8]

    credentials

    UTIME

    time stamp

    CLNT_INFO2 (server, client structure, client credentials)

    Note: whenever this structure appears in a request, you must take a copy of the client-calculated credentials received, because they will beused in subsequent credential checks. the presumed intention is to + maintain an authenticated request/response trail.

    CLNT_SRV

    client and server names

    UINT8[]

    ???? padding, for 4-byte alignment with SMB header.

    VOID*

    pointer to client credentials.

    CREDS

    client-calculated credentials + client time

    CLNT_INFO (server, account, client structure, client credentials)

    Note: whenever this structure appears in a request, you must take a copy of the client-calculated credentials received, because they will be used in subsequent credential checks. the presumed intention is to maintain an authenticated request/response trail.

    LOG_INFO

    logon account info

    CREDS

    client-calculated credentials + client time

    ID_INFO_1 (id info structure, auth level 1)

    VOID*

    ptr_id_info_1

    UNIHDR

    domain name unicode header

    UINT32

    param control

    UINT64

    logon ID

    UNIHDR

    user name unicode header

    UNIHDR

    workgroup name unicode header

    char[16]

    arc4 LM OWF Password

    char[16]

    arc4 NT OWF Password

    UNISTR2

    domain name unicode string

    UNISTR2

    user name unicode string

    UNISTR2

    workstation name unicode string

    SAM_INFO (sam logon/logoff id info structure)

    Note: presumably, the return credentials is supposedly for the server to verify that the credential chain hasn't been compromised.

    CLNT_INFO2

    client identification/authentication info

    VOID*

    pointer to return credentials.

    CRED

    return credentials - ignored.

    UINT16

    logon level

    UINT16

    switch value

             switch (switch_value)
             case 1:
             {
                 ID_INFO_1     id_info_1;
             }
    -

    GID (group id info)

    UINT32

    group id

    UINT32

    user attributes (only used by NT 3.1 and 3.51)

    DOM_REF (domain reference info)

    VOID*

    undocumented buffer pointer.

    UINT32

    num referenced domains?

    VOID*

    undocumented domain name buffer pointer.

    UINT32

    32 - max number of entries

    UINT32

    4 - num referenced domains?

    UNIHDR2

    domain name unicode string header

    UNIHDR2[num_ref_doms-1]

    referenced domain unicode string headers

    UNISTR

    domain name unicode string

    DOM_SID[num_ref_doms]

    referenced domain SIDs

    DOM_INFO (domain info, levels 3 and 5 are the same))

    UINT8[]

    ??? padding to get 4-byte alignment with start of SMB header

    UINT16

    domain name string length * 2

    UINT16

    domain name string length * 2

    VOID*

    undocumented domain name string buffer pointer

    VOID*

    undocumented domain SID string buffer pointer

    UNISTR2

    domain name (unicode string)

    DOM_SID

    domain SID

    USER_INFO (user logon info)

    Note: it would be nice to know what the 16 byte user session key is for.

    NTTIME

    logon time

    NTTIME

    logoff time

    NTTIME

    kickoff time

    NTTIME

    password last set time

    NTTIME

    password can change time

    NTTIME

    password must change time

    UNIHDR

    username unicode string header

    UNIHDR

    user's full name unicode string header

    UNIHDR

    logon script unicode string header

    UNIHDR

    profile path unicode string header

    UNIHDR

    home directory unicode string header

    UNIHDR

    home directory drive unicode string header

    UINT16

    logon count

    UINT16

    bad password count

    UINT32

    User ID

    UINT32

    Group ID

    UINT32

    num groups

    VOID*

    undocumented buffer pointer to groups.

    UINT32

    user flags

    char[16]

    user session key

    UNIHDR

    logon server unicode string header

    UNIHDR

    logon domain unicode string header

    VOID*

    undocumented logon domain id pointer

    char[40]

    40 undocumented padding bytes. future expansion?

    UINT32

    0 - num_other_sids?

    VOID*

    NULL - undocumented pointer to other domain SIDs.

    UNISTR2

    username unicode string

    UNISTR2

    user's full name unicode string

    UNISTR2

    logon script unicode string

    UNISTR2

    profile path unicode string

    UNISTR2

    home directory unicode string

    UNISTR2

    home directory drive unicode string

    UINT32

    num groups

    GID[num_groups]

    group info

    UNISTR2

    logon server unicode string

    UNISTR2

    logon domain unicode string

    DOM_SID

    domain SID

    DOM_SID[num_sids]

    other domain SIDs?

    SH_INFO_1_PTR (pointers to level 1 share info strings)

    Note: see cifsrap2.txt section5, page 10.

    0 for shi1_type indicates a Disk.
    1 for shi1_type indicates a Print Queue.
    2 for shi1_type indicates a Device.
    3 for shi1_type indicates an IPC pipe.
    0x8000 0000 (top bit set in shi1_type) indicates a hidden share.
    VOID*

    shi1_netname - pointer to net name

    UINT32

    shi1_type - type of share. 0 - undocumented.

    VOID*

    shi1_remark - pointer to comment.

    SH_INFO_1_STR (level 1 share info strings)

    UNISTR2

    shi1_netname - unicode string of net name

    UNISTR2

    shi1_remark - unicode string of comment.

    SHARE_INFO_1_CTR

    share container with 0 entries:

    UINT32

    0 - EntriesRead

    UINT32

    0 - Buffer

    share container with > 0 entries:

    UINT32

    EntriesRead

    UINT32

    non-zero - Buffer

    UINT32

    EntriesRead

    SH_INFO_1_PTR[EntriesRead]

    share entry pointers

    SH_INFO_1_STR[EntriesRead]

    share entry strings

    UINT8[]

    padding to get unicode string 4-byte aligned with start of the SMB header.

    UINT32

    EntriesRead

    UINT32

    0 - padding

    SERVER_INFO_101

    Note: see cifs6.txt section 6.4 - the fields described therein will be of assistance here. for example, the type listed below is the same as fServerType, which is described in 6.4.1.

    SV_TYPE_WORKSTATION

    0x00000001 All workstations

    SV_TYPE_SERVER

    0x00000002 All servers

    SV_TYPE_SQLSERVER

    0x00000004 Any server running with SQL server

    SV_TYPE_DOMAIN_CTRL

    0x00000008 Primary domain controller

    SV_TYPE_DOMAIN_BAKCTRL

    0x00000010 Backup domain controller

    SV_TYPE_TIME_SOURCE

    0x00000020 Server running the timesource service

    SV_TYPE_AFP

    0x00000040 Apple File Protocol servers

    SV_TYPE_NOVELL

    0x00000080 Novell servers

    SV_TYPE_DOMAIN_MEMBER

    0x00000100 Domain Member

    SV_TYPE_PRINTQ_SERVER

    0x00000200 Server sharing print queue

    SV_TYPE_DIALIN_SERVER

    0x00000400 Server running dialin service.

    SV_TYPE_XENIX_SERVER

    0x00000800 Xenix server

    SV_TYPE_NT

    0x00001000 NT server

    SV_TYPE_WFW

    0x00002000 Server running Windows for

    SV_TYPE_SERVER_NT

    0x00008000 Windows NT non DC server

    SV_TYPE_POTENTIAL_BROWSER

    0x00010000 Server that can run the browser service

    SV_TYPE_BACKUP_BROWSER

    0x00020000 Backup browser server

    SV_TYPE_MASTER_BROWSER

    0x00040000 Master browser server

    SV_TYPE_DOMAIN_MASTER

    0x00080000 Domain Master Browser server

    SV_TYPE_LOCAL_LIST_ONLY

    0x40000000 Enumerate only entries marked "local"

    SV_TYPE_DOMAIN_ENUM

    0x80000000 Enumerate Domains. The pszServer and pszDomain parameters must be NULL.

    UINT32

    500 - platform_id

    VOID*

    pointer to name

    UINT32

    5 - major version

    UINT32

    4 - minor version

    UINT32

    type (SV_TYPE_... bit field)

    VOID*

    pointer to comment

    UNISTR2

    sv101_name - unicode string of server name

    UNISTR2

    sv_101_comment - unicode string of server comment.

    UINT8[]

    padding to get unicode string 4-byte aligned with start of the SMB header.

    MSRPC over Transact Named Pipe

    For details on the SMB Transact Named Pipe, see cifs6.txt

    MSRPC Pipes

    +

    GID (group id info)

    UINT32

    group id

    UINT32

    user attributes (only used by NT 3.1 and 3.51)

    DOM_REF (domain reference info)

    VOID*

    undocumented buffer pointer.

    UINT32

    num referenced domains?

    VOID*

    undocumented domain name buffer pointer.

    UINT32

    32 - max number of entries

    UINT32

    4 - num referenced domains?

    UNIHDR2

    domain name unicode string header

    UNIHDR2[num_ref_doms-1]

    referenced domain unicode string headers

    UNISTR

    domain name unicode string

    DOM_SID[num_ref_doms]

    referenced domain SIDs

    DOM_INFO (domain info, levels 3 and 5 are the same))

    UINT8[]

    ??? padding to get 4-byte alignment with start of SMB header

    UINT16

    domain name string length * 2

    UINT16

    domain name string length * 2

    VOID*

    undocumented domain name string buffer pointer

    VOID*

    undocumented domain SID string buffer pointer

    UNISTR2

    domain name (unicode string)

    DOM_SID

    domain SID

    USER_INFO (user logon info)

    Note: it would be nice to know what the 16 byte user session key is for.

    NTTIME

    logon time

    NTTIME

    logoff time

    NTTIME

    kickoff time

    NTTIME

    password last set time

    NTTIME

    password can change time

    NTTIME

    password must change time

    UNIHDR

    username unicode string header

    UNIHDR

    user's full name unicode string header

    UNIHDR

    logon script unicode string header

    UNIHDR

    profile path unicode string header

    UNIHDR

    home directory unicode string header

    UNIHDR

    home directory drive unicode string header

    UINT16

    logon count

    UINT16

    bad password count

    UINT32

    User ID

    UINT32

    Group ID

    UINT32

    num groups

    VOID*

    undocumented buffer pointer to groups.

    UINT32

    user flags

    char[16]

    user session key

    UNIHDR

    logon server unicode string header

    UNIHDR

    logon domain unicode string header

    VOID*

    undocumented logon domain id pointer

    char[40]

    40 undocumented padding bytes. future expansion?

    UINT32

    0 - num_other_sids?

    VOID*

    NULL - undocumented pointer to other domain SIDs.

    UNISTR2

    username unicode string

    UNISTR2

    user's full name unicode string

    UNISTR2

    logon script unicode string

    UNISTR2

    profile path unicode string

    UNISTR2

    home directory unicode string

    UNISTR2

    home directory drive unicode string

    UINT32

    num groups

    GID[num_groups]

    group info

    UNISTR2

    logon server unicode string

    UNISTR2

    logon domain unicode string

    DOM_SID

    domain SID

    DOM_SID[num_sids]

    other domain SIDs?

    SH_INFO_1_PTR (pointers to level 1 share info strings)

    Note: see cifsrap2.txt section5, page 10.

    0 for shi1_type indicates a Disk.
    1 for shi1_type indicates a Print Queue.
    2 for shi1_type indicates a Device.
    3 for shi1_type indicates an IPC pipe.
    0x8000 0000 (top bit set in shi1_type) indicates a hidden share.
    VOID*

    shi1_netname - pointer to net name

    UINT32

    shi1_type - type of share. 0 - undocumented.

    VOID*

    shi1_remark - pointer to comment.

    SH_INFO_1_STR (level 1 share info strings)

    UNISTR2

    shi1_netname - unicode string of net name

    UNISTR2

    shi1_remark - unicode string of comment.

    SHARE_INFO_1_CTR

    share container with 0 entries:

    UINT32

    0 - EntriesRead

    UINT32

    0 - Buffer

    share container with > 0 entries:

    UINT32

    EntriesRead

    UINT32

    non-zero - Buffer

    UINT32

    EntriesRead

    SH_INFO_1_PTR[EntriesRead]

    share entry pointers

    SH_INFO_1_STR[EntriesRead]

    share entry strings

    UINT8[]

    padding to get unicode string 4-byte aligned with start of the SMB header.

    UINT32

    EntriesRead

    UINT32

    0 - padding

    SERVER_INFO_101

    Note: see cifs6.txt section 6.4 - the fields described therein will be of assistance here. for example, the type listed below is the same as fServerType, which is described in 6.4.1.

    SV_TYPE_WORKSTATION

    0x00000001 All workstations

    SV_TYPE_SERVER

    0x00000002 All servers

    SV_TYPE_SQLSERVER

    0x00000004 Any server running with SQL server

    SV_TYPE_DOMAIN_CTRL

    0x00000008 Primary domain controller

    SV_TYPE_DOMAIN_BAKCTRL

    0x00000010 Backup domain controller

    SV_TYPE_TIME_SOURCE

    0x00000020 Server running the timesource service

    SV_TYPE_AFP

    0x00000040 Apple File Protocol servers

    SV_TYPE_NOVELL

    0x00000080 Novell servers

    SV_TYPE_DOMAIN_MEMBER

    0x00000100 Domain Member

    SV_TYPE_PRINTQ_SERVER

    0x00000200 Server sharing print queue

    SV_TYPE_DIALIN_SERVER

    0x00000400 Server running dialin service.

    SV_TYPE_XENIX_SERVER

    0x00000800 Xenix server

    SV_TYPE_NT

    0x00001000 NT server

    SV_TYPE_WFW

    0x00002000 Server running Windows for

    SV_TYPE_SERVER_NT

    0x00008000 Windows NT non DC server

    SV_TYPE_POTENTIAL_BROWSER

    0x00010000 Server that can run the browser service

    SV_TYPE_BACKUP_BROWSER

    0x00020000 Backup browser server

    SV_TYPE_MASTER_BROWSER

    0x00040000 Master browser server

    SV_TYPE_DOMAIN_MASTER

    0x00080000 Domain Master Browser server

    SV_TYPE_LOCAL_LIST_ONLY

    0x40000000 Enumerate only entries marked "local"

    SV_TYPE_DOMAIN_ENUM

    0x80000000 Enumerate Domains. The pszServer and pszDomain parameters must be NULL.

    UINT32

    500 - platform_id

    VOID*

    pointer to name

    UINT32

    5 - major version

    UINT32

    4 - minor version

    UINT32

    type (SV_TYPE_... bit field)

    VOID*

    pointer to comment

    UNISTR2

    sv101_name - unicode string of server name

    UNISTR2

    sv_101_comment - unicode string of server comment.

    UINT8[]

    padding to get unicode string 4-byte aligned with start of the SMB header.

    MSRPC over Transact Named Pipe

    For details on the SMB Transact Named Pipe, see cifs6.txt

    MSRPC Pipes

    The MSRPC is conducted over an SMB Transact Pipe with a name of \PIPE\. You must first obtain a 16 bit file handle, by sending a SMBopenX with the pipe name \PIPE\srvsvc for @@ -121,11 +121,11 @@ initial SMBopenX request: RPC API command 0x26 params: "\\PIPE\\lsarpc" 0x65 0x63; 0x72 0x70; 0x44 0x65; "\\PIPE\\srvsvc" 0x73 0x76; 0x4E 0x00; 0x5C 0x43; -

    Header

    [section to be rewritten, following receipt of work by Duncan Stansfield]

    Interesting note: if you set packed data representation to 0x0100 0000 -then all 4-byte and 2-byte word ordering is turned around!

    The start of each of the NTLSA and NETLOGON named pipes begins with:

    offset: 00
    Variable type: UINT8
    Variable data: 5 - RPC major version
    offset: 01
    Variable type: UINT8
    Variable data: 0 - RPC minor version
    offset: 02
    Variable type: UINT8
    Variable data: 2 - RPC response packet
    offset: 03
    Variable type: UINT8
    Variable data: 3 - (FirstFrag bit-wise or with LastFrag)
    offset: 04
    Variable type: UINT32
    Variable data: 0x1000 0000 - packed data representation
    offset: 08
    Variable type: UINT16
    Variable data: fragment length - data size (bytes) inc header and tail.
    offset: 0A
    Variable type: UINT16
    Variable data: 0 - authentication length
    offset: 0C
    Variable type: UINT32
    Variable data: call identifier. matches 12th UINT32 of incoming RPC data.
    offset: 10
    Variable type: UINT32
    Variable data: allocation hint - data size (bytes) minus header and tail.
    offset: 14
    Variable type: UINT16
    Variable data: 0 - presentation context identifier
    offset: 16
    Variable type: UINT8
    Variable data: 0 - cancel count
    offset: 17
    Variable type: UINT8
    Variable data: in replies: 0 - reserved; in requests: opnum - see #defines.
    offset: 18
    Variable type: ......
    Variable data: start of data (goes on for allocation_hint bytes)

    RPC_Packet for request, response, bind and bind acknowledgement

    UINT8 versionmaj

    reply same as request (0x05)

    UINT8 versionmin

    reply same as request (0x00)

    UINT8 type

    one of the MSRPC_Type enums

    UINT8 flags

    reply same as request (0x00 for Bind, 0x03 for Request)

    UINT32 representation

    reply same as request (0x00000010)

    UINT16 fraglength

    the length of the data section of the SMB trans packet

    UINT16 authlength

    UINT32 callid

    call identifier. (e.g. 0x00149594)

    * stub USE TvPacket

    the remainder of the packet depending on the "type"

    Interface identification

    the interfaces are numbered. as yet I haven't seen more than one interface used on the same pipe name srvsvc

    +

    Header

    [section to be rewritten, following receipt of work by Duncan Stansfield]

    Interesting note: if you set packed data representation to 0x0100 0000 +then all 4-byte and 2-byte word ordering is turned around!

    The start of each of the NTLSA and NETLOGON named pipes begins with:

    offset: 00
    Variable type: UINT8
    Variable data: 5 - RPC major version
    offset: 01
    Variable type: UINT8
    Variable data: 0 - RPC minor version
    offset: 02
    Variable type: UINT8
    Variable data: 2 - RPC response packet
    offset: 03
    Variable type: UINT8
    Variable data: 3 - (FirstFrag bit-wise or with LastFrag)
    offset: 04
    Variable type: UINT32
    Variable data: 0x1000 0000 - packed data representation
    offset: 08
    Variable type: UINT16
    Variable data: fragment length - data size (bytes) inc header and tail.
    offset: 0A
    Variable type: UINT16
    Variable data: 0 - authentication length
    offset: 0C
    Variable type: UINT32
    Variable data: call identifier. matches 12th UINT32 of incoming RPC data.
    offset: 10
    Variable type: UINT32
    Variable data: allocation hint - data size (bytes) minus header and tail.
    offset: 14
    Variable type: UINT16
    Variable data: 0 - presentation context identifier
    offset: 16
    Variable type: UINT8
    Variable data: 0 - cancel count
    offset: 17
    Variable type: UINT8
    Variable data: in replies: 0 - reserved; in requests: opnum - see #defines.
    offset: 18
    Variable type: ......
    Variable data: start of data (goes on for allocation_hint bytes)

    RPC_Packet for request, response, bind and bind acknowledgement

    UINT8 versionmaj

    reply same as request (0x05)

    UINT8 versionmin

    reply same as request (0x00)

    UINT8 type

    one of the MSRPC_Type enums

    UINT8 flags

    reply same as request (0x00 for Bind, 0x03 for Request)

    UINT32 representation

    reply same as request (0x00000010)

    UINT16 fraglength

    the length of the data section of the SMB trans packet

    UINT16 authlength

    UINT32 callid

    call identifier. (e.g. 0x00149594)

    * stub USE TvPacket

    the remainder of the packet depending on the "type"

    Interface identification

    the interfaces are numbered. as yet I haven't seen more than one interface used on the same pipe name srvsvc

     abstract (0x4B324FC8, 0x01D31670, 0x475A7812, 0x88E16EBF, 0x00000003)
     transfer (0x8A885D04, 0x11C91CEB, 0x0008E89F, 0x6048102B, 0x00000002)
    -

    RPC_Iface RW

    UINT8 byte[16]

    16 bytes of number

    UINT32 version

    the interface number

    RPC_ReqBind RW

    the remainder of the packet after the header if "type" was Bind in the response header, "type" should be BindAck

    UINT16 maxtsize

    maximum transmission fragment size (0x1630)

    UINT16 maxrsize

    max receive fragment size (0x1630)

    UINT32 assocgid

    associated group id (0x0)

    UINT32 numelements

    the number of elements (0x1)

    UINT16 contextid

    presentation context identifier (0x0)

    UINT8 numsyntaxes

    the number of syntaxes (has always been 1?)(0x1)

    UINT8[]

    4-byte alignment padding, against SMB header

    * abstractint USE RPC_Iface

    num and vers. of interface client is using

    * transferint USE RPC_Iface

    num and vers. of interface to use for replies

    RPC_Address RW

    UINT16 length

    length of the string including null terminator

    * port USE string

    the string above in single byte, null terminated form

    RPC_ResBind RW

    the response to place after the header in the reply packet

    UINT16 maxtsize

    same as request

    UINT16 maxrsize

    same as request

    UINT32 assocgid

    zero

    * secondaddr USE RPC_Address

    the address string, as described earlier

    UINT8[]

    4-byte alignment padding, against SMB header

    UINT8 numresults

    the number of results (0x01)

    UINT8[]

    4-byte alignment padding, against SMB header

    UINT16 result

    result (0x00 = accept)

    UINT16 reason

    reason (0x00 = no reason specified)

    * transfersyntax USE RPC_Iface

    the transfer syntax from the request

    RPC_ReqNorm RW

    the remainder of the packet after the header for every other other request

    UINT32 allochint

    the size of the stub data in bytes

    UINT16 prescontext

    presentation context identifier (0x0)

    UINT16 opnum

    operation number (0x15)

    * stub USE TvPacket

    a packet dependent on the pipe name (probably the interface) and the op number)

    RPC_ResNorm RW

    UINT32 allochint

    # size of the stub data in bytes

    UINT16 prescontext

    # presentation context identifier (same as request)

    UINT8 cancelcount

    # cancel count? (0x0)

    UINT8 reserved

    # 0 - one byte padding

    * stub USE TvPacket

    # the remainder of the reply

    Tail

    The end of each of the NTLSA and NETLOGON named pipes ends with:

    ......

    end of data

    UINT32

    return code

    RPC Bind / Bind Ack

    +

    RPC_Iface RW

    UINT8 byte[16]

    16 bytes of number

    UINT32 version

    the interface number

    RPC_ReqBind RW

    the remainder of the packet after the header if "type" was Bind in the response header, "type" should be BindAck

    UINT16 maxtsize

    maximum transmission fragment size (0x1630)

    UINT16 maxrsize

    max receive fragment size (0x1630)

    UINT32 assocgid

    associated group id (0x0)

    UINT32 numelements

    the number of elements (0x1)

    UINT16 contextid

    presentation context identifier (0x0)

    UINT8 numsyntaxes

    the number of syntaxes (has always been 1?)(0x1)

    UINT8[]

    4-byte alignment padding, against SMB header

    * abstractint USE RPC_Iface

    num and vers. of interface client is using

    * transferint USE RPC_Iface

    num and vers. of interface to use for replies

    RPC_Address RW

    UINT16 length

    length of the string including null terminator

    * port USE string

    the string above in single byte, null terminated form

    RPC_ResBind RW

    the response to place after the header in the reply packet

    UINT16 maxtsize

    same as request

    UINT16 maxrsize

    same as request

    UINT32 assocgid

    zero

    * secondaddr USE RPC_Address

    the address string, as described earlier

    UINT8[]

    4-byte alignment padding, against SMB header

    UINT8 numresults

    the number of results (0x01)

    UINT8[]

    4-byte alignment padding, against SMB header

    UINT16 result

    result (0x00 = accept)

    UINT16 reason

    reason (0x00 = no reason specified)

    * transfersyntax USE RPC_Iface

    the transfer syntax from the request

    RPC_ReqNorm RW

    the remainder of the packet after the header for every other other request

    UINT32 allochint

    the size of the stub data in bytes

    UINT16 prescontext

    presentation context identifier (0x0)

    UINT16 opnum

    operation number (0x15)

    * stub USE TvPacket

    a packet dependent on the pipe name (probably the interface) and the op number)

    RPC_ResNorm RW

    UINT32 allochint

    # size of the stub data in bytes

    UINT16 prescontext

    # presentation context identifier (same as request)

    UINT8 cancelcount

    # cancel count? (0x0)

    UINT8 reserved

    # 0 - one byte padding

    * stub USE TvPacket

    # the remainder of the reply

    Tail

    The end of each of the NTLSA and NETLOGON named pipes ends with:

    ......

    end of data

    UINT32

    return code

    RPC Bind / Bind Ack

    RPC Binds are the process of associating an RPC pipe (e.g \PIPE\lsarpc) with a "transfer syntax" (see RPC_Iface structure). The purpose for doing this is unknown. @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ returned by the SMBopenX Transact response.

    Note: The RPC_ResBind members maxtsize, maxrsize and assocgid are the same in the response as the same members in the RPC_ReqBind. The RPC_ResBind member transfersyntax is the same in the response as the

    Note: The RPC_ResBind response member secondaddr contains the name of what is presumed to be the service behind the RPC pipe. The - mapping identified so far is:

    initial SMBopenX request:

    RPC_ResBind response:

    "\\PIPE\\srvsvc"

    "\\PIPE\\ntsvcs"

    "\\PIPE\\samr"

    "\\PIPE\\lsass"

    "\\PIPE\\lsarpc"

    "\\PIPE\\lsass"

    "\\PIPE\\wkssvc"

    "\\PIPE\\wksvcs"

    "\\PIPE\\NETLOGON"

    "\\PIPE\\NETLOGON"

    Note: The RPC_Packet fraglength member in both the Bind Request and Bind Acknowledgment must contain the length of the entire RPC data, including the RPC_Packet header.

    Request:

    RPC_Packet
    RPC_ReqBind

    Response:

    RPC_Packet
    RPC_ResBind

    NTLSA Transact Named Pipe

    The sequence of actions taken on this pipe are:

    Establish a connection to the IPC$ share (SMBtconX). use encrypted passwords.
    Open an RPC Pipe with the name "\\PIPE\\lsarpc". Store the file handle.
    Using the file handle, send a Set Named Pipe Handle state to 0x4300.
    Send an LSA Open Policy request. Store the Policy Handle.
    Using the Policy Handle, send LSA Query Info Policy requests, etc.
    Using the Policy Handle, send an LSA Close.
    Close the IPC$ share.

    Defines for this pipe, identifying the query are:

    LSA Open Policy:

    0x2c

    LSA Query Info Policy:

    0x07

    LSA Enumerate Trusted Domains:

    0x0d

    LSA Open Secret:

    0xff

    LSA Lookup SIDs:

    0xfe

    LSA Lookup Names:

    0xfd

    LSA Close:

    0x00

    LSA Open Policy

    Note: The policy handle can be anything you like.

    Request

    VOID*

    buffer pointer

    UNISTR2

    server name - unicode string starting with two '\'s

    OBJ_ATTR

    object attributes

    UINT32

    1 - desired access

    Response

    POL_HND

    LSA policy handle

    return

    0 - indicates success

    LSA Query Info Policy

    Note: The info class in response must be the same as that in the request.

    Request

    POL_HND

    LSA policy handle

    UINT16

    info class (also a policy handle?)

    Response

    VOID*

    undocumented buffer pointer

    UINT16

    info class (same as info class in request).

    +	mapping identified so far is:

    initial SMBopenX request:

    RPC_ResBind response:

    "\\PIPE\\srvsvc"

    "\\PIPE\\ntsvcs"

    "\\PIPE\\samr"

    "\\PIPE\\lsass"

    "\\PIPE\\lsarpc"

    "\\PIPE\\lsass"

    "\\PIPE\\wkssvc"

    "\\PIPE\\wksvcs"

    "\\PIPE\\NETLOGON"

    "\\PIPE\\NETLOGON"

    Note: The RPC_Packet fraglength member in both the Bind Request and Bind Acknowledgment must contain the length of the entire RPC data, including the RPC_Packet header.

    Request:

    RPC_Packet
    RPC_ReqBind

    Response:

    RPC_Packet
    RPC_ResBind

    NTLSA Transact Named Pipe

    The sequence of actions taken on this pipe are:

    Establish a connection to the IPC$ share (SMBtconX). use encrypted passwords.
    Open an RPC Pipe with the name "\\PIPE\\lsarpc". Store the file handle.
    Using the file handle, send a Set Named Pipe Handle state to 0x4300.
    Send an LSA Open Policy request. Store the Policy Handle.
    Using the Policy Handle, send LSA Query Info Policy requests, etc.
    Using the Policy Handle, send an LSA Close.
    Close the IPC$ share.

    Defines for this pipe, identifying the query are:

    LSA Open Policy:

    0x2c

    LSA Query Info Policy:

    0x07

    LSA Enumerate Trusted Domains:

    0x0d

    LSA Open Secret:

    0xff

    LSA Lookup SIDs:

    0xfe

    LSA Lookup Names:

    0xfd

    LSA Close:

    0x00

    LSA Open Policy

    Note: The policy handle can be anything you like.

    Request

    VOID*

    buffer pointer

    UNISTR2

    server name - unicode string starting with two '\'s

    OBJ_ATTR

    object attributes

    UINT32

    1 - desired access

    Response

    POL_HND

    LSA policy handle

    return

    0 - indicates success

    LSA Query Info Policy

    Note: The info class in response must be the same as that in the request.

    Request

    POL_HND

    LSA policy handle

    UINT16

    info class (also a policy handle?)

    Response

    VOID*

    undocumented buffer pointer

    UINT16

    info class (same as info class in request).

     switch (info class)
     case 3:
     case 5:
    @@ -142,11 +142,11 @@
     }
     
     return    0 - indicates success
    -

    LSA Enumerate Trusted Domains

    Request

    no extra data

    Response

    UINT32

    0 - enumeration context

    UINT32

    0 - entries read

    UINT32

    0 - trust information

    return

    0x8000 001a - "no trusted domains" success code

    LSA Open Secret

    Request

    no extra data

    Response

    UINT32

    0 - undocumented

    UINT32

    0 - undocumented

    UINT32

    0 - undocumented

    UINT32

    0 - undocumented

    UINT32

    0 - undocumented

    return 0x0C00 0034 - "no such secret" success code

    LSA Close

    Request

    POL_HND

    policy handle to be closed

    Response

    POL_HND

    0s - closed policy handle (all zeros)

    return 0 - indicates success

    LSA Lookup SIDS

    Note: num_entries in response must be same as num_entries in request.

    Request

    POL_HND

    LSA policy handle

    UINT32

    num_entries

    VOID*

    undocumented domain SID buffer pointer

    VOID*

    undocumented domain name buffer pointer

    VOID*[num_entries] undocumented domain SID pointers to be looked up. -

    DOM_SID[num_entries] domain SIDs to be looked up.

    char[16]

    completely undocumented 16 bytes.

    Response

    DOM_REF

    domain reference response

    UINT32

    num_entries (listed above)

    VOID*

    undocumented buffer pointer

    UINT32

    num_entries (listed above)

    DOM_SID2[num_entries]

    domain SIDs (from Request, listed above).

    UINT32

    num_entries (listed above)

    return 0 - indicates success

    LSA Lookup Names

    Note: num_entries in response must be same as num_entries in request.

    Request

    POL_HND

    LSA policy handle

    UINT32

    num_entries

    UINT32

    num_entries

    VOID*

    undocumented domain SID buffer pointer

    VOID*

    undocumented domain name buffer pointer

    NAME[num_entries]

    names to be looked up.

    char[]

    undocumented bytes - falsely translated SID structure?

    Response

    DOM_REF

    domain reference response

    UINT32

    num_entries (listed above)

    VOID*

    undocumented buffer pointer

    UINT32

    num_entries (listed above)

    DOM_RID[num_entries]

    domain SIDs (from Request, listed above).

    UINT32

    num_entries (listed above)

    return 0 - indicates success

    NETLOGON rpc Transact Named Pipe

    The sequence of actions taken on this pipe are:

    tablish a connection to the IPC$ share (SMBtconX). use encrypted passwords.
    en an RPC Pipe with the name "\\PIPE\\NETLOGON". Store the file handle.
    ing the file handle, send a Set Named Pipe Handle state to 0x4300.
    eate Client Challenge. Send LSA Request Challenge. Store Server Challenge.
    lculate Session Key. Send an LSA Auth 2 Challenge. Store Auth2 Challenge.
    lc/Verify Client Creds. Send LSA Srv PW Set. Calc/Verify Server Creds.
    lc/Verify Client Creds. Send LSA SAM Logon . Calc/Verify Server Creds.
    lc/Verify Client Creds. Send LSA SAM Logoff. Calc/Verify Server Creds.
    ose the IPC$ share.

    Defines for this pipe, identifying the query are

    LSA Request Challenge:

    0x04

    LSA Server Password Set:

    0x06

    LSA SAM Logon:

    0x02

    LSA SAM Logoff:

    0x03

    LSA Auth 2:

    0x0f

    LSA Logon Control:

    0x0e

    LSA Request Challenge

    Note: logon server name starts with two '\' characters and is upper case.

    Note: logon client is the machine, not the user.

    Note: the initial LanManager password hash, against which the challenge is issued, is the machine name itself (lower case). there will becalls issued (LSA Server Password Set) which will change this, later. refusing these calls allows you to always deal with the same password (i.e the LM# of the machine name in lower case).

    Request

    VOID*

    undocumented buffer pointer

    UNISTR2

    logon server unicode string

    UNISTR2

    logon client unicode string

    char[8]

    client challenge

    Response

    char[8]

    server challenge

    return 0 - indicates success

    LSA Authenticate 2

    Note: in between request and response, calculate the client credentials, and check them against the client-calculated credentials (this process uses the previously received client credentials).

    Note: neg_flags in the response is the same as that in the request.

    Note: you must take a copy of the client-calculated credentials received here, because they will be used in subsequent authentication packets.

    Request

    LOG_INFO

    client identification info

    char[8]

    client-calculated credentials

    UINT8[]

    padding to 4-byte align with start of SMB header.

    UINT32

    neg_flags - negotiated flags (usual value is 0x0000 01ff)

    Response

    char[8]

    server credentials.

    UINT32

    neg_flags - same as neg_flags in request.

    return 0 - indicates success. failure value unknown.

    LSA Server Password Set

    Note: the new password is suspected to be a DES encryption using the old password to generate the key.

    Note: in between request and response, calculate the client credentials, and check them against the client-calculated credentials (this process uses the previously received client credentials).

    Note: the server credentials are constructed from the client-calculated credentials and the client time + 1 second.

    Note: you must take a copy of the client-calculated credentials received here, because they will be used in subsequent authentication packets.

    Request

    CLNT_INFO

    client identification/authentication info

    char[]

    new password - undocumented.

    Response

    CREDS

    server credentials. server time stamp appears to be ignored.

    return 0 - indicates success; 0xC000 006a indicates failure

    LSA SAM Logon

    +

    LSA Enumerate Trusted Domains

    Request

    no extra data

    Response

    UINT32

    0 - enumeration context

    UINT32

    0 - entries read

    UINT32

    0 - trust information

    return

    0x8000 001a - "no trusted domains" success code

    LSA Open Secret

    Request

    no extra data

    Response

    UINT32

    0 - undocumented

    UINT32

    0 - undocumented

    UINT32

    0 - undocumented

    UINT32

    0 - undocumented

    UINT32

    0 - undocumented

    return 0x0C00 0034 - "no such secret" success code

    LSA Close

    Request

    POL_HND

    policy handle to be closed

    Response

    POL_HND

    0s - closed policy handle (all zeros)

    return 0 - indicates success

    LSA Lookup SIDS

    Note: num_entries in response must be same as num_entries in request.

    Request

    POL_HND

    LSA policy handle

    UINT32

    num_entries

    VOID*

    undocumented domain SID buffer pointer

    VOID*

    undocumented domain name buffer pointer

    VOID*[num_entries] undocumented domain SID pointers to be looked up. +

    DOM_SID[num_entries] domain SIDs to be looked up.

    char[16]

    completely undocumented 16 bytes.

    Response

    DOM_REF

    domain reference response

    UINT32

    num_entries (listed above)

    VOID*

    undocumented buffer pointer

    UINT32

    num_entries (listed above)

    DOM_SID2[num_entries]

    domain SIDs (from Request, listed above).

    UINT32

    num_entries (listed above)

    return 0 - indicates success

    LSA Lookup Names

    Note: num_entries in response must be same as num_entries in request.

    Request

    POL_HND

    LSA policy handle

    UINT32

    num_entries

    UINT32

    num_entries

    VOID*

    undocumented domain SID buffer pointer

    VOID*

    undocumented domain name buffer pointer

    NAME[num_entries]

    names to be looked up.

    char[]

    undocumented bytes - falsely translated SID structure?

    Response

    DOM_REF

    domain reference response

    UINT32

    num_entries (listed above)

    VOID*

    undocumented buffer pointer

    UINT32

    num_entries (listed above)

    DOM_RID[num_entries]

    domain SIDs (from Request, listed above).

    UINT32

    num_entries (listed above)

    return 0 - indicates success

    NETLOGON rpc Transact Named Pipe

    The sequence of actions taken on this pipe are:

    tablish a connection to the IPC$ share (SMBtconX). use encrypted passwords.
    en an RPC Pipe with the name "\\PIPE\\NETLOGON". Store the file handle.
    ing the file handle, send a Set Named Pipe Handle state to 0x4300.
    eate Client Challenge. Send LSA Request Challenge. Store Server Challenge.
    lculate Session Key. Send an LSA Auth 2 Challenge. Store Auth2 Challenge.
    lc/Verify Client Creds. Send LSA Srv PW Set. Calc/Verify Server Creds.
    lc/Verify Client Creds. Send LSA SAM Logon . Calc/Verify Server Creds.
    lc/Verify Client Creds. Send LSA SAM Logoff. Calc/Verify Server Creds.
    ose the IPC$ share.

    Defines for this pipe, identifying the query are

    LSA Request Challenge:

    0x04

    LSA Server Password Set:

    0x06

    LSA SAM Logon:

    0x02

    LSA SAM Logoff:

    0x03

    LSA Auth 2:

    0x0f

    LSA Logon Control:

    0x0e

    LSA Request Challenge

    Note: logon server name starts with two '\' characters and is upper case.

    Note: logon client is the machine, not the user.

    Note: the initial LanManager password hash, against which the challenge is issued, is the machine name itself (lower case). there will becalls issued (LSA Server Password Set) which will change this, later. refusing these calls allows you to always deal with the same password (i.e the LM# of the machine name in lower case).

    Request

    VOID*

    undocumented buffer pointer

    UNISTR2

    logon server unicode string

    UNISTR2

    logon client unicode string

    char[8]

    client challenge

    Response

    char[8]

    server challenge

    return 0 - indicates success

    LSA Authenticate 2

    Note: in between request and response, calculate the client credentials, and check them against the client-calculated credentials (this process uses the previously received client credentials).

    Note: neg_flags in the response is the same as that in the request.

    Note: you must take a copy of the client-calculated credentials received here, because they will be used in subsequent authentication packets.

    Request

    LOG_INFO

    client identification info

    char[8]

    client-calculated credentials

    UINT8[]

    padding to 4-byte align with start of SMB header.

    UINT32

    neg_flags - negotiated flags (usual value is 0x0000 01ff)

    Response

    char[8]

    server credentials.

    UINT32

    neg_flags - same as neg_flags in request.

    return 0 - indicates success. failure value unknown.

    LSA Server Password Set

    Note: the new password is suspected to be a DES encryption using the old password to generate the key.

    Note: in between request and response, calculate the client credentials, and check them against the client-calculated credentials (this process uses the previously received client credentials).

    Note: the server credentials are constructed from the client-calculated credentials and the client time + 1 second.

    Note: you must take a copy of the client-calculated credentials received here, because they will be used in subsequent authentication packets.

    Request

    CLNT_INFO

    client identification/authentication info

    char[]

    new password - undocumented.

    Response

    CREDS

    server credentials. server time stamp appears to be ignored.

    return 0 - indicates success; 0xC000 006a indicates failure

    LSA SAM Logon

    Note: valid_user is True iff the username and password hash are valid for the requested domain. -

    Request

    SAM_INFO

    sam_id structure

    Response

    VOID*

    undocumented buffer pointer

    CREDS

    server credentials. server time stamp appears to be ignored.

    +

    Request

    SAM_INFO

    sam_id structure

    Response

    VOID*

    undocumented buffer pointer

    CREDS

    server credentials. server time stamp appears to be ignored.

     if (valid_user)
     {
     	UINT16      3 - switch value indicating USER_INFO structure.
    @@ -166,16 +166,16 @@
     
         return    0xC000 0064 - NT_STATUS_NO_SUCH_USER.
     }
    -

    LSA SAM Logoff

    +

    LSA SAM Logoff

    Note: presumably, the SAM_INFO structure is validated, and a (currently undocumented) error code returned if the Logoff is invalid. -

    Request

    SAM_INFO

    sam_id structure

    Response

    VOID*

    undocumented buffer pointer

    CREDS

    server credentials. server time stamp appears to be ignored.

    return 0 - indicates success. undocumented failure indication.

    \\MAILSLOT\NET\NTLOGON

    +

    Request

    SAM_INFO

    sam_id structure

    Response

    VOID*

    undocumented buffer pointer

    CREDS

    server credentials. server time stamp appears to be ignored.

    return 0 - indicates success. undocumented failure indication.

    \\MAILSLOT\NET\NTLOGON

    Note: mailslots will contain a response mailslot, to which the response should be sent. the target NetBIOS name is REQUEST_NAME<20>, where REQUEST_NAME is the name of the machine that sent the request. -

    Query for PDC

    Note: NTversion, LMNTtoken, LM20token in response are the same as those given in the request.

    Request

    UINT16

    0x0007 - Query for PDC

    STR

    machine name

    STR

    response mailslot

    UINT8[]

    padding to 2-byte align with start of mailslot.

    UNISTR

    machine name

    UINT32

    NTversion

    UINT16

    LMNTtoken

    UINT16

    LM20token

    Response

    UINT16

    0x000A - Respose to Query for PDC

    STR

    machine name (in uppercase)

    UINT8[]

    padding to 2-byte align with start of mailslot.

    UNISTR

    machine name

    UNISTR

    domain name

    UINT32

    NTversion (same as received in request)

    UINT16

    LMNTtoken (same as received in request)

    UINT16

    LM20token (same as received in request)

    SAM Logon

    Note: machine name in response is preceded by two '\' characters.

    Note: NTversion, LMNTtoken, LM20token in response are the same as those given in the request.

    Note: user name in the response is presumably the same as that in the request.

    Request

    UINT16

    0x0012 - SAM Logon

    UINT16

    request count

    UNISTR

    machine name

    UNISTR

    user name

    STR

    response mailslot

    UINT32

    alloweable account

    UINT32

    domain SID size

    char[sid_size]

    domain SID, of sid_size bytes.

    UINT8[]

    ???? padding to 4? 2? -byte align with start of mailslot.

    UINT32

    NTversion

    UINT16

    LMNTtoken

    UINT16

    LM20token

    Response

    UINT16

    0x0013 - Response to SAM Logon

    UNISTR

    machine name

    UNISTR

    user name - workstation trust account

    UNISTR

    domain name

    UINT32

    NTversion

    UINT16

    LMNTtoken

    UINT16

    LM20token

    SRVSVC Transact Named Pipe

    Defines for this pipe, identifying the query are:

    Net Share Enum

    0x0f

    Net Server Get Info

    0x15

    Net Share Enum

    Note: share level and switch value in the response are presumably the same as those in the request.

    Note: cifsrap2.txt (section 5) may be of limited assistance here.

    Request

    VOID*

    pointer (to server name?)

    UNISTR2

    server name

    UINT8[]

    padding to get unicode string 4-byte aligned with the start of the SMB header.

    UINT32

    share level

    UINT32

    switch value

    VOID*

    pointer to SHARE_INFO_1_CTR

    SHARE_INFO_1_CTR

    share info with 0 entries

    UINT32

    preferred maximum length (0xffff ffff)

    Response

    UINT32

    share level

    UINT32

    switch value

    VOID*

    pointer to SHARE_INFO_1_CTR

    SHARE_INFO_1_CTR

    share info (only added if share info ptr is non-zero)

    return 0 - indicates success

    Net Server Get Info

    Note: level is the same value as in the request.

    Request

    UNISTR2

    server name

    UINT32

    switch level

    Response

    UINT32

    switch level

    VOID*

    pointer to SERVER_INFO_101

    SERVER_INFO_101

    server info (only added if server info ptr is non-zero)

    return 0 - indicates success

    Cryptographic side of NT Domain Authentication

    Definitions

    Add(A1,A2)

    Intel byte ordered addition of corresponding 4 byte words in arrays A1 and A2

    E(K,D)

    DES ECB encryption of 8 byte data D using 7 byte key K

    lmowf()

    Lan man hash

    ntowf()

    NT hash

    PW

    md4(machine_password) == md4(lsadump $machine.acc) == +

    Query for PDC

    Note: NTversion, LMNTtoken, LM20token in response are the same as those given in the request.

    Request

    UINT16

    0x0007 - Query for PDC

    STR

    machine name

    STR

    response mailslot

    UINT8[]

    padding to 2-byte align with start of mailslot.

    UNISTR

    machine name

    UINT32

    NTversion

    UINT16

    LMNTtoken

    UINT16

    LM20token

    Response

    UINT16

    0x000A - Respose to Query for PDC

    STR

    machine name (in uppercase)

    UINT8[]

    padding to 2-byte align with start of mailslot.

    UNISTR

    machine name

    UNISTR

    domain name

    UINT32

    NTversion (same as received in request)

    UINT16

    LMNTtoken (same as received in request)

    UINT16

    LM20token (same as received in request)

    SAM Logon

    Note: machine name in response is preceded by two '\' characters.

    Note: NTversion, LMNTtoken, LM20token in response are the same as those given in the request.

    Note: user name in the response is presumably the same as that in the request.

    Request

    UINT16

    0x0012 - SAM Logon

    UINT16

    request count

    UNISTR

    machine name

    UNISTR

    user name

    STR

    response mailslot

    UINT32

    alloweable account

    UINT32

    domain SID size

    char[sid_size]

    domain SID, of sid_size bytes.

    UINT8[]

    ???? padding to 4? 2? -byte align with start of mailslot.

    UINT32

    NTversion

    UINT16

    LMNTtoken

    UINT16

    LM20token

    Response

    UINT16

    0x0013 - Response to SAM Logon

    UNISTR

    machine name

    UNISTR

    user name - workstation trust account

    UNISTR

    domain name

    UINT32

    NTversion

    UINT16

    LMNTtoken

    UINT16

    LM20token

    SRVSVC Transact Named Pipe

    Defines for this pipe, identifying the query are:

    Net Share Enum

    0x0f

    Net Server Get Info

    0x15

    Net Share Enum

    Note: share level and switch value in the response are presumably the same as those in the request.

    Note: cifsrap2.txt (section 5) may be of limited assistance here.

    Request

    VOID*

    pointer (to server name?)

    UNISTR2

    server name

    UINT8[]

    padding to get unicode string 4-byte aligned with the start of the SMB header.

    UINT32

    share level

    UINT32

    switch value

    VOID*

    pointer to SHARE_INFO_1_CTR

    SHARE_INFO_1_CTR

    share info with 0 entries

    UINT32

    preferred maximum length (0xffff ffff)

    Response

    UINT32

    share level

    UINT32

    switch value

    VOID*

    pointer to SHARE_INFO_1_CTR

    SHARE_INFO_1_CTR

    share info (only added if share info ptr is non-zero)

    return 0 - indicates success

    Net Server Get Info

    Note: level is the same value as in the request.

    Request

    UNISTR2

    server name

    UINT32

    switch level

    Response

    UINT32

    switch level

    VOID*

    pointer to SERVER_INFO_101

    SERVER_INFO_101

    server info (only added if server info ptr is non-zero)

    return 0 - indicates success

    Cryptographic side of NT Domain Authentication

    Definitions

    Add(A1,A2)

    Intel byte ordered addition of corresponding 4 byte words in arrays A1 and A2

    E(K,D)

    DES ECB encryption of 8 byte data D using 7 byte key K

    lmowf()

    Lan man hash

    ntowf()

    NT hash

    PW

    md4(machine_password) == md4(lsadump $machine.acc) == pwdump(machine$) (initially) == md4(lmowf(unicode(machine))) -

    ARC4(K,Lk,D,Ld)

    ARC4 encryption of data D of length Ld with key K of length Lk

    v[m..n(,l)]

    subset of v from bytes m to n, optionally padded with zeroes to length l

    Cred(K,D)

    E(K[7..7,7],E(K[0..6],D)) computes a credential

    Time()

    4 byte current time

    Cc,Cs

    8 byte client and server challenges Rc,Rs: 8 byte client and server credentials

    Protocol

    +

    ARC4(K,Lk,D,Ld)

    ARC4 encryption of data D of length Ld with key K of length Lk

    v[m..n(,l)]

    subset of v from bytes m to n, optionally padded with zeroes to length l

    Cred(K,D)

    E(K[7..7,7],E(K[0..6],D)) computes a credential

    Time()

    4 byte current time

    Cc,Cs

    8 byte client and server challenges Rc,Rs: 8 byte client and server credentials

    Protocol

     C->S ReqChal,Cc
     S->C Cs
     
    @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
     S->C Cred(Ks,Cred(Ks,Rc+Tc+1)),userinfo(logon script,UID,SIDs,etc)
     C: assert(Rs == Cred(Ks,Cred(Rc+Tc+1))
     C: Rc = Cred(Ks,Rc+Tc+1)
    -

    Comments

    +

    Comments

    On first joining the domain the session key could be computed by anyone listening in on the network as the machine password has a well known value. Until the machine is rebooted it will use this session @@ -232,15 +232,15 @@ The password OWFs should NOT be sent over the network reversibly encrypted. They should be sent using ARC4(Ks,md4(owf)) with the server computing the same function using the owf values in the SAM. -

    SIDs and RIDs

    +

    SIDs and RIDs

    SIDs and RIDs are well documented elsewhere.

    A SID is an NT Security ID (see DOM_SID structure). They are of the form:

    revision-NN-SubAuth1-SubAuth2-SubAuth3...
    revision-0xNNNNNNNNNNNN-SubAuth1-SubAuth2-SubAuth3...

    currently, the SID revision is 1. The Sub-Authorities are known as Relative IDs (RIDs). -

    Well-known SIDs

    Universal well-known SIDs

    Null SID

    S-1-0-0

    World

    S-1-1-0

    Local

    S-1-2-0

    Creator Owner ID

    S-1-3-0

    Creator Group ID

    S-1-3-1

    Creator Owner Server ID

    S-1-3-2

    Creator Group Server ID

    S-1-3-3

    (Non-unique IDs)

    S-1-4

    NT well-known SIDs

    NT Authority

    S-1-5

    Dialup

    S-1-5-1

    Network

    S-1-5-2

    Batch

    S-1-5-3

    Interactive

    S-1-5-4

    Service

    S-1-5-6

    AnonymousLogon(aka null logon session)

    S-1-5-7

    Proxy

    S-1-5-8

    ServerLogon(aka domain controller account)

    S-1-5-8

    (Logon IDs)

    S-1-5-5-X-Y

    (NT non-unique IDs)

    S-1-5-0x15-...

    (Built-in domain)

    s-1-5-0x20

    Well-known RIDS

    +

    Well-known SIDs

    Universal well-known SIDs

    Null SID

    S-1-0-0

    World

    S-1-1-0

    Local

    S-1-2-0

    Creator Owner ID

    S-1-3-0

    Creator Group ID

    S-1-3-1

    Creator Owner Server ID

    S-1-3-2

    Creator Group Server ID

    S-1-3-3

    (Non-unique IDs)

    S-1-4

    NT well-known SIDs

    NT Authority

    S-1-5

    Dialup

    S-1-5-1

    Network

    S-1-5-2

    Batch

    S-1-5-3

    Interactive

    S-1-5-4

    Service

    S-1-5-6

    AnonymousLogon(aka null logon session)

    S-1-5-7

    Proxy

    S-1-5-8

    ServerLogon(aka domain controller account)

    S-1-5-8

    (Logon IDs)

    S-1-5-5-X-Y

    (NT non-unique IDs)

    S-1-5-0x15-...

    (Built-in domain)

    s-1-5-0x20

    Well-known RIDS

    A RID is a sub-authority value, as part of either a SID, or in the case of Group RIDs, part of the DOM_GID structure, in the USER_INFO_1 structure, in the LSA SAM Logon response. -

    Well-known RID users

    Groupname: DOMAIN_USER_RID_ADMIN
    ????: 0x0000
    RID: 01F4
    Groupname: DOMAIN_USER_RID_GUEST
    ????: 0x0000
    RID: 01F5

    Well-known RID groups

    Groupname: DOMAIN_GROUP_RID_ADMINS
    ????: 0x0000
    RID: 0200
    Groupname: DOMAIN_GROUP_RID_USERS
    ????: 0x0000
    RID: 0201
    Groupname: DOMAIN_GROUP_RID_GUESTS
    ????: 0x0000
    RID: 0202

    Well-known RID aliases

    Groupname: DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_ADMINS
    ????: 0x0000
    RID: 0220
    Groupname: DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_USERS
    ????: 0x0000
    RID: 0221
    Groupname: DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_GUESTS
    ????: 0x0000
    RID: 0222
    Groupname: DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_POWER_USERS
    ????: 0x0000
    RID: 0223
    Groupname: DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_ACCOUNT_OPS
    ????: 0x0000
    RID: 0224
    Groupname: DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_SYSTEM_OPS
    ????: 0x0000
    RID: 0225
    Groupname: DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_PRINT_OPS
    ????: 0x0000
    RID: 0226
    Groupname: DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_BACKUP_OPS
    ????: 0x0000
    RID: 0227
    Groupname: DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_REPLICATOR
    ????: 0x0000
    RID: 0228
    +

    Well-known RID users

    Groupname: DOMAIN_USER_RID_ADMIN
    ????: 0x0000
    RID: 01F4
    Groupname: DOMAIN_USER_RID_GUEST
    ????: 0x0000
    RID: 01F5

    Well-known RID groups

    Groupname: DOMAIN_GROUP_RID_ADMINS
    ????: 0x0000
    RID: 0200
    Groupname: DOMAIN_GROUP_RID_USERS
    ????: 0x0000
    RID: 0201
    Groupname: DOMAIN_GROUP_RID_GUESTS
    ????: 0x0000
    RID: 0202

    Well-known RID aliases

    Groupname: DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_ADMINS
    ????: 0x0000
    RID: 0220
    Groupname: DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_USERS
    ????: 0x0000
    RID: 0221
    Groupname: DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_GUESTS
    ????: 0x0000
    RID: 0222
    Groupname: DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_POWER_USERS
    ????: 0x0000
    RID: 0223
    Groupname: DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_ACCOUNT_OPS
    ????: 0x0000
    RID: 0224
    Groupname: DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_SYSTEM_OPS
    ????: 0x0000
    RID: 0225
    Groupname: DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_PRINT_OPS
    ????: 0x0000
    RID: 0226
    Groupname: DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_BACKUP_OPS
    ????: 0x0000
    RID: 0227
    Groupname: DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_REPLICATOR
    ????: 0x0000
    RID: 0228
    diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/Packaging.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/Packaging.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/Packaging.html 2005-02-03 21:54:20.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/Packaging.html 2005-03-17 15:17:29.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -Chapter 19. Notes to packagers

    Chapter 19. Notes to packagers

    Jelmer Vernooij

    Table of Contents

    Versioning
    Modules

    Versioning

    Please, please update the version number in +Chapter 19. Notes to packagers

    Chapter 19. Notes to packagers

    Jelmer Vernooij

    Table of Contents

    Versioning
    Modules

    Versioning

    Please, please update the version number in source/include/version.h to include the versioning of your package. This makes it easier to distinguish standard samba builds from custom-build samba builds (distributions often patch packages). For example, a good version would be:

     Version 2.999+3.0.alpha21-5 for Debian
    -

    Modules

    Samba now has support for building parts of samba as plugins. This +

    Modules

    Samba now has support for building parts of samba as plugins. This makes it possible to, for example, put ldap or mysql support in a separate package, thus making it possible to have a normal samba package not depending on ldap or mysql. To build as much parts of samba diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/parsing.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/parsing.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/parsing.html 2005-02-03 21:54:19.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/parsing.html 2005-03-17 15:17:28.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Chapter 13. The smb.conf file

    Chapter 13. The smb.conf file

    Chris Hertel

    November 1997

    Lexical Analysis

    +Chapter 13. The smb.conf file

    Chapter 13. The smb.conf file

    Chris Hertel

    November 1997

    Lexical Analysis

    Basically, the file is processed on a line by line basis. There are four types of lines that are recognized by the lexical analyzer (params.c): @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ These are the only tokens passed to the parameter loader (loadparm.c). Parameter names and values are divided from one another by an equal sign: '='. -

    Handling of Whitespace

    +

    Handling of Whitespace

    Whitespace is defined as all characters recognized by the isspace() function (see ctype(3C)) except for the newline character ('\n') The newline is excluded because it identifies the end of the line. @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ are removed.

  • Leading and trailing whitespace is removed from names and values. -

  • Handling of Line Continuation

    +

    Handling of Line Continuation

    Long section header and parameter lines may be extended across multiple lines by use of the backslash character ('\\'). Line continuation is ignored for blank and comment lines. @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Line continuation characters are ignored on blank lines and at the end of comments. They are *only* recognized within section and parameter lines. -

    Line Continuation Quirks

    Note the following example:

    +

    Line Continuation Quirks

    Note the following example:

     	param name = parameter value string \
         \
         with line continuation.
    @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
     

    are read as

     	[section name]
         param name = value
    -

    Syntax

    The syntax of the smb.conf file is as follows:

    +

    Syntax

    The syntax of the smb.conf file is as follows:

       <file>            :==  { <section> } EOF
       <section>         :==  <section header> { <parameter line> }
       <section header>  :==  '[' NAME ']'
    @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
     	A parameter line is divided into a NAME and a VALUE.  The *first*
     	equal sign on the line separates the NAME from the VALUE.  The
     	VALUE is terminated by a newline character (NL = '\n').
    -

    About params.c

    +

    About params.c

    The parsing of the config file is a bit unusual if you are used to lex, yacc, bison, etc. Both lexical analysis (scanning) and parsing are performed by params.c. Values are loaded via callbacks to diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/pr01.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/pr01.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/pr01.html 2005-02-03 21:54:14.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/pr01.html 2005-03-17 15:17:25.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Attribution

    Attribution

    Definition of NetBIOS Protocol and Name Resolution Modes +Attribution

    Attribution

    Definition of NetBIOS Protocol and Name Resolution Modes

    • Luke Leighton

    NetBIOS in a Unix World

    • Andrew Tridgell

    diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/printing.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/printing.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/printing.html 2005-02-03 21:54:20.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/printing.html 2005-03-17 15:17:29.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ -Chapter 18. Samba Printing Internals

    Chapter 18. Samba Printing Internals

    Gerald Carter

    October 2002

    Abstract

    The purpose of this document is to provide some insight into Samba's printing functionality and also to describe the semantics of certain features of Windows client printing. -

    +

    Printing Interface to Various Back ends

    Samba uses a table of function pointers to seven functions. The @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ defined.

    • a generic set of functions for working with standard UNIX printing subsystems

    • a set of CUPS specific functions (this is only enabled if - the CUPS libraries were located at compile time).

    + the CUPS libraries were located at compile time).

    Print Queue TDB's

    Samba provides periodic caching of the output from the "lpq command" @@ -110,11 +110,11 @@ Only non-default Device Mode are stored with print jobs in the print queue TDB. Otherwise, the Device Mode is obtained from the printer object when the client issues a GetJob(level == 2) request. -

    +

    ChangeID and Client Caching of Printer Information

    [To be filled in later] -

    +

    Windows NT/2K Printer Change Notify

    When working with Windows NT+ clients, it is possible for a diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/pt01.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/pt01.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/pt01.html 2005-02-03 21:54:17.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/pt01.html 2005-03-17 15:17:27.000000000 -0600 @@ -1 +1 @@ -Part I. The protocol

    +Part I. The protocol diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/pt02.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/pt02.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/pt02.html 2005-02-03 21:54:18.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/pt02.html 2005-03-17 15:17:28.000000000 -0600 @@ -1 +1 @@ -Part II. Samba Basics +Part II. Samba Basics diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/pt03.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/pt03.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/pt03.html 2005-02-03 21:54:19.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/pt03.html 2005-03-17 15:17:29.000000000 -0600 @@ -1 +1 @@ -Part III. Samba Subsystems +Part III. Samba Subsystems diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/pt04.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/pt04.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/pt04.html 2005-02-03 21:54:20.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/pt04.html 2005-03-17 15:17:29.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -Part IV. Debugging and tracing

    Debugging and tracing

    Table of Contents

    16. Tracing samba system calls
    17. Finding useful information on windows
    Netlogon debugging output
    18. Samba Printing Internals
    Abstract
    +Part IV. Debugging and tracing diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/pt05.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/pt05.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/pt05.html 2005-02-03 21:54:20.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/pt05.html 2005-03-17 15:17:29.000000000 -0600 @@ -1 +1 @@ -Part V. Appendices

    Appendices

    +Part V. Appendices

    Appendices

    diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/pwencrypt.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/pwencrypt.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/pwencrypt.html 2005-02-03 21:54:19.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/pwencrypt.html 2005-03-17 15:17:29.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ Chapter 15. LanMan and NT Password Encryption

    Chapter 15. LanMan and NT Password Encryption

    Jeremy Allison

    Samba Team

    19 Apr 1999

    Introduction

    With the development of LanManager and Windows NT +

    19 Apr 1999

    Introduction

    With the development of LanManager and Windows NT compatible password encryption for Samba, it is now able to validate user connections in exactly the same way as a LanManager or Windows NT server.

    This document describes how the SMB password encryption algorithm works and what issues there are in choosing whether you want to use it. You should read it carefully, especially - the part about security and the "PROS and CONS" section.

    How does it work?

    LanManager encryption is somewhat similar to UNIX + the part about security and the "PROS and CONS" section.

    How does it work?

    LanManager encryption is somewhat similar to UNIX password encryption. The server uses a file containing a hashed value of a user's password. This is created by taking the user's plaintext password, capitalising it, and either @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ know the correct password and is denied access.

    Note that the Samba server never knows or stores the cleartext of the user's password - just the 16 byte hashed values derived from it. Also note that the cleartext password or 16 byte hashed values - are never transmitted over the network - thus increasing security.

    The smbpasswd file

    In order for Samba to participate in the above protocol + are never transmitted over the network - thus increasing security.

    The smbpasswd file

    In order for Samba to participate in the above protocol it must be able to look up the 16 byte hashed values given a user name. Unfortunately, as the UNIX password value is also a one way hash function (ie. it is impossible to retrieve the cleartext of the user's diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/registry.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/registry.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/registry.html 2005-02-03 21:54:19.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/registry.html 2005-03-17 15:17:28.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -Chapter 12. The registry subsystem

    Chapter 12. The registry subsystem

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    24 September 2003

    Planned backends

    +Chapter 12. The registry subsystem

    Chapter 12. The registry subsystem

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    24 September 2003

    Planned backends

    The new registry subsystem will work with several different backends: -

    • NT4 (NT4 registry files)

    • TDB (Samba TDB files)

    • RPC (Remote Registry over RPC, reg pipe)

    • wine (Wine Registry Files)

    • gconf (The GNOME configuration backend)

    Data structures

    +

    • NT4 (NT4 registry files)

    • TDB (Samba TDB files)

    • RPC (Remote Registry over RPC, reg pipe)

    • wine (Wine Registry Files)

    • gconf (The GNOME configuration backend)

    Data structures

    The following structure describes a registry key:

     typedef struct reg_key_s {
    @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
     	REG_KEY *root; /* NULL if not available */
     	void *backend_data;
     } REG_HANDLE;
    -

    External interface

    +

    External interface

     REG_HANDLE *reg_open(char *backend, char *location, BOOL try_full_load);
     REG_KEY *reg_open_key(REG_KEY *parent, char *name);
     REG_VAL *reg_key_get_val(REG_KEY *key, char *name);
    @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
     void reg_free(REG_HANDLE *h);
     void reg_free_key_list(REG_KEY_LIST *list):
     void reg_free_val_list(REG_VAL_LIST *list):
    -

    Utility functions

    The following helper functions are available:

    +

    Utility functions

    The following helper functions are available:

     void reg_key_list_init( REG_KEY_LIST *ctr );
     int reg_key_list_addkey( REG_KEY_LIST *ctr, const char *keyname );
     int reg_key_list_numkeys( REG_KEY_LIST *ctr );
    @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
     int reg_val_list_copyvalue( REG_VAL_LIST *ctr, REG_VAL *val );
     int reg_val_list_delvalue( REG_VAL_LIST *ctr, const char *name );
     void reg_val_list_destroy( REG_VAL_LIST *ctr );
    -

    Writing backends

    There are basically two ways of reading data from the registry: loading +

    Writing backends

    There are basically two ways of reading data from the registry: loading it all into memory and then working in this copy in memory, or re-reading/re-opening it every time necessary.

    This interface aims to support both types.

    A registry backend should provide the following functions:

     typedef struct {
    @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
     	root field of the REG_HANDLE struct is NULL.

    open_key_abs() is optional. If it's NULL, the frontend will provide a replacement, using open_key_rel().

    get_values() and get_value() are optional. They're only called if the values field of the REG_KEY struct is NULL.

    get_subkeys() and get_key() are optional. THey're only called - if the subkeys field of the REG_KEY struct is NULL.

    Memory allocation

    Okay, so who's responsible for what parts of the memory?

    The memory is basically maintained by the backends. When the user + if the subkeys field of the REG_KEY struct is NULL.

    Memory allocation

    Okay, so who's responsible for what parts of the memory?

    The memory is basically maintained by the backends. When the user is finished using a particular structure, it should call the related free function for the structure it's freeing.

    The backend should then decide what to do with the structure. It may choose to free it, or, if it's maintaining single copies of everything in diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/rpc-plugin.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/rpc-plugin.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/rpc-plugin.html 2005-02-03 21:54:19.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/rpc-plugin.html 2005-03-17 15:17:28.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -Chapter 10. RPC Pluggable Modules

    Chapter 10. RPC Pluggable Modules

    Anthony Liguori

    Jelmer Vernooij

    Samba Team

    January 2003

    Table of Contents

    About
    General Overview

    About

    +Chapter 10. RPC Pluggable Modules

    Chapter 10. RPC Pluggable Modules

    Anthony Liguori

    Jelmer Vernooij

    Samba Team

    January 2003

    Table of Contents

    About
    General Overview

    About

    This document describes how to make use the new RPC Pluggable Modules features of Samba 3.0. This architecture was added to increase the maintainability of Samba allowing RPC Pipes to be worked on separately from the main CVS branch. The RPM architecture will also allow third-party vendors to add functionality to Samba through plug-ins. -

    General Overview

    +

    General Overview

    When an RPC call is sent to smbd, smbd tries to load a shared library by the name librpc_<pipename>.so to handle the call if it doesn't know how to handle the call internally. For instance, LSA calls diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/unix-smb.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/unix-smb.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/unix-smb.html 2005-02-03 21:54:15.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/unix-smb.html 2005-03-17 15:17:25.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Chapter 2. NetBIOS in a Unix World

    Chapter 2. NetBIOS in a Unix World

    Andrew Tridgell

    April 1995

    Introduction

    +Chapter 2. NetBIOS in a Unix World

    Chapter 2. NetBIOS in a Unix World

    Andrew Tridgell

    April 1995

    Introduction

    This is a short document that describes some of the issues that confront a SMB implementation on unix, and how Samba copes with them. They may help people who are looking at unix<->PC @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@

    It was written to help out a person who was writing a paper on unix to PC connectivity. -

    Usernames

    +

    Usernames

    The SMB protocol has only a loose username concept. Early SMB protocols (such as CORE and COREPLUS) have no username concept at all. Even in later protocols clients often attempt operations @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ service%user syntax, the saving of session setup usernames for later validation and the derivation of the username from the service name (either directly or via the user= option). -

    File Ownership

    +

    File Ownership

    The commonly used SMB protocols have no way of saying "you can't do that because you don't own the file". They have, in fact, no concept of file ownership at all. @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ There are several possible solutions to this problem, including username mapping, and forcing a specific username for particular shares. -

    Passwords

    +

    Passwords

    Many SMB clients uppercase passwords before sending them. I have no idea why they do this. Interestingly WfWg uppercases the password only if the server is running a protocol greater than COREPLUS, so @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ smbpasswd file containing these password hashes is only readable by the root user. See the documentation ENCRYPTION.txt for more details. -

    Locking

    +

    Locking

    Since samba 2.2, samba supports other types of locking as well. This section is outdated.

    @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ the same file, at which time the client will say if it is willing to give up its lock. Unix has no simple way of implementing opportunistic locking, and currently Samba has no support for it. -

    Deny Modes

    +

    Deny Modes

    When a SMB client opens a file it asks for a particular "deny mode" to be placed on the file. These modes (DENY_NONE, DENY_READ, DENY_WRITE, DENY_ALL, DENY_FCB and DENY_DOS) specify what actions should be @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ is clumsy and consumes processing and file resources, the shared memory implementation is vastly prefered and is turned on by default for those systems that support it. -

    Trapdoor UIDs

    +

    Trapdoor UIDs

    A SMB session can run with several uids on the one socket. This happens when a user connects to two shares with different usernames. To cope with this the unix server needs to switch uids @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@

    Note that you can also get the "trapdoor uid" message for other reasons. Please see the FAQ for details. -

    Port numbers

    +

    Port numbers

    There is a convention that clients on sockets use high "unprivileged" port numbers (>1000) and connect to servers on low "privilegedg" port numbers. This is enforced in Unix as non-root users can't open a @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ back, but it goes to port 137 which the unix user can't listen on. Interestingly WinNT3.1 got this right - it sends node status responses back to the source port in the request. -

    Protocol Complexity

    +

    Protocol Complexity

    There are many "protocol levels" in the SMB protocol. It seems that each time new functionality was added to a Microsoft operating system, they added the equivalent functions in a new protocol level of the SMB diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/vfs.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/vfs.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/vfs.html 2005-02-03 21:54:19.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/vfs.html 2005-03-17 15:17:28.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Chapter 11. VFS Modules

    Chapter 11. VFS Modules

    Alexander Bokovoy

    Stefan Metzmacher

    27 May 2003

    The Samba (Posix) VFS layer

    The general interface

    +Chapter 11. VFS Modules

    Chapter 11. VFS Modules

    Alexander Bokovoy

    Stefan Metzmacher

    27 May 2003

    The Samba (Posix) VFS layer

    The general interface

    Each VFS operation has a vfs_op_type, a function pointer and a handle pointer in the struct vfs_ops and tree macros to make it easier to call the operations. (Take a look at include/vfs.h and include/vfs_macros.h.) @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ (tofd), (fsp), (fromfd), (header), (offset), (count))) ... -

    Possible VFS operation layers

    +

    Possible VFS operation layers

    These values are used by the VFS subsystem when building the conn->vfs and conn->vfs_opaque structs for a connection with multiple VFS modules. Internally, Samba differentiates only opaque and transparent layers at this process. @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ SMB_VFS_LAYER_SCANNER /* - Checks data and possibly initiates additional */ /* file activity like logging to files _inside_ samba VFS */ } vfs_op_layer; -

    The Interaction between the Samba VFS subsystem and the modules

    Initialization and registration

    +

    The Interaction between the Samba VFS subsystem and the modules

    Initialization and registration

    As each Samba module a VFS module should have a

    NTSTATUS vfs_example_init(void);

    function if it's staticly linked to samba or

    NTSTATUS init_module(void);

    function if it's a shared module. @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ { return smb_register_vfs(SMB_VFS_INTERFACE_VERSION, "example", example_op_tuples); } -

    How the Modules handle per connection data

    Each VFS function has as first parameter a pointer to the modules vfs_handle_struct. +

    How the Modules handle per connection data

    Each VFS function has as first parameter a pointer to the modules vfs_handle_struct.

     typedef struct vfs_handle_struct {
     	struct vfs_handle_struct  *next, *prev;
    @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@
     	(handle)->vfs_next.handles.sendfile,\
     	 (tofd), (fsp), (fromfd), (header), (offset), (count)))
     ...
    -

    Upgrading to the New VFS Interface

    Upgrading from 2.2.* and 3.0aplha modules

    1. +

    Upgrading to the New VFS Interface

    Upgrading from 2.2.* and 3.0aplha modules

    1. Add "vfs_handle_struct *handle, " as first parameter to all vfs operation functions. e.g. example_connect(connection_struct *conn, const char *service, const char *user); -> example_connect(vfs_handle_struct *handle, connection_struct *conn, const char *service, const char *user); @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@

    2. Compiling & Testing...

      ./configure --enable-developer ...
      make
      Try to fix all compiler warnings
      make
      Testing, Testing, Testing ...

      -

    Some Notes

    Implement TRANSPARENT functions

    +

    Some Notes

    Implement TRANSPARENT functions

    Avoid writing functions like this:

    @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@
     

    Overload only the functions you really need to! -

    Implement OPAQUE functions

    +

    Implement OPAQUE functions

    If you want to just implement a better version of a default samba opaque function (e.g. like a disk_free() function for a special filesystem) diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/windows-debug.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/windows-debug.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/windows-debug.html 2005-02-03 21:54:19.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/windows-debug.html 2005-03-17 15:17:29.000000000 -0600 @@ -1 +1 @@ -Chapter 17. Finding useful information on windows

    Chapter 17. Finding useful information on windows

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    Andrew Tridgell

    Samba Team

    Table of Contents

    Netlogon debugging output

    Netlogon debugging output

    1. stop netlogon service on PDC

    2. rename original netlogon.dll to netlogon.dll.original

    3. copy checked version of netlogon.dll to system32 directory

    4. set HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Netlogon\Parameters\DBFlag to 0x20000004

    5. start netlogon service on PDC

    +Chapter 17. Finding useful information on windows

    Chapter 17. Finding useful information on windows

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    Andrew Tridgell

    Samba Team

    Table of Contents

    Netlogon debugging output

    Netlogon debugging output

    1. stop netlogon service on PDC

    2. rename original netlogon.dll to netlogon.dll.original

    3. copy checked version of netlogon.dll to system32 directory

    4. set HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Netlogon\Parameters\DBFlag to 0x20000004

    5. start netlogon service on PDC

    diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/wins.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/wins.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/wins.html 2005-02-03 21:54:19.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide/wins.html 2005-03-17 15:17:29.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Chapter 14. Samba WINS Internals

    Chapter 14. Samba WINS Internals

    Gerald Carter

    October 2002

    Table of Contents

    WINS Failover

    WINS Failover

    +Chapter 14. Samba WINS Internals

    Chapter 14. Samba WINS Internals

    Gerald Carter

    October 2002

    Table of Contents

    WINS Failover

    WINS Failover

    The current Samba codebase possesses the capability to use groups of WINS servers that share a common namespace for NetBIOS name registration and resolution. The formal parameter syntax is diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Guide/2000users.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Guide/2000users.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Guide/2000users.html 2005-02-03 21:54:47.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Guide/2000users.html 2005-03-17 15:18:00.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Chapter 7. A Distributed 2000 User Network

    Chapter 7. A Distributed 2000 User Network

    There is something indeed mystical about things that are +Chapter 7. A Distributed 2000 User Network

    Chapter 7. A Distributed 2000 User Network

    There is something indeed mystical about things that are big. Large networks exhibit a certain magnetism and exude a sense of importance that obscures reality. You and I know that it is no more difficult to secure a large network than it is a small one. We all @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ implementing a DNS or a DHCP server are under control. Even the basics of Samba are largely under control. So in this section you focus on the specifics of implementing LDAP changes, Samba changes, and approach and - design of the solution and its deployment.

    Introduction

    + design of the solution and its deployment.

    Introduction

    Abmas is a miracle company. Most businesses would have collapsed under the weight of rapid expansion that this company has experienced. Samba is flexible, so there is no need to reinstall the whole operating @@ -30,16 +30,16 @@ you can keep an old server running right up to the moment of cut-over and then do a near-live conversion. There is no need to reinstall a Samba server just to change the way your network should function. -

    +

    Network growth is common to all organizations. In this exercise, your preoccupation is with the mechanics of implementing Samba and LDAP so that network users on each network segment can work - without impediment.

    Assignment Tasks

    + without impediment.

    Assignment Tasks

    Starting with the configuration files for the server called MASSIVE in Chapter 6, you now deal with the issues that are particular to large distributed networks. Your task is simple identify the challenges, consider the - alternatives, and then design and implement a solution.

    + alternatives, and then design and implement a solution.

    Remember, you have users based in London (UK), Los Angeles, Washington DC, and three buildings in New York. A significant portion of your workforce have notebook computers and roam all over the @@ -53,12 +53,12 @@ and Help desk in New York, plus one floater for Washington DC.

    You have outsourced all desktop deployment and management to DirectPointe,Inc. Your concern is server maintenance and third-level - support. Build a plan and show what must be done.

    Dissection and Discussion

    + support. Build a plan and show what must be done.

    Dissection and Discussion

    In the previous chapter, you implemented an LDAP server that provided the passdb backend for the Samba servers. You explored ways to accelerate Windows desktop profile handling and you took control of network performance. -

    +

    The implementation of an LDAP-based passdb backend (known as ldapsam in Samba parlance), or some form of database that can be distributed, is essential to permit the deployment of Samba @@ -69,34 +69,34 @@ using a tool such as rsync, but smbpasswd suffers the drawback that it does not support the range of account facilities demanded by modern network - managers.

    + managers.

    The new tdbsam facility supports functionality that is similar to an ldapsam, but the lack of distributed infrastructure sorely limits the scope for its deployment. This does raise the following questions: "Why can't I just use an XML based backend, or for that matter, why not use an SQL based backend?" "Is support for these tools broken?" No. Answers to these - questions require a bit of background.

    + questions require a bit of background.

    What is a directory? A directory is a collection of information regarding objects that can be accessed to rapidly find information that is relevant in a particular and consistent manner. A directory differs from a database in that it is generally more often searched (read) than updated. As a consequence, the information is organized to facilitate read access rather than to - support transaction processing.

    + support transaction processing.

    The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) differs considerably from a traditional database. It has a simple search facility that uniquely makes a highly preferred mechanism for managing user identities. LDAP provides a scalable mechanism for distributing the data repository and for keeping all copies (slaves) in sync with - the master repository.

    + the master repository.

    Samba is a flexible and powerful file and print sharing technology. It can use many external authentication sources and can be part of a total authentication and identity management infrastructure. The two most important external sources for large sites are Microsoft Active Directory and LDAP. Sites that specifically wish to avoid the proprietary implications of Microsoft Active Directory - naturally gravitate toward OpenLDAP.

    + naturally gravitate toward OpenLDAP.

    In Chapter 6, you had to deal with a locally routed network. All deployment concerns focused around making users happy, and that simply means taking control over all network practices and @@ -107,10 +107,10 @@ between offices. You must take into account the way users need to access information globally. And you must make the network robust enough so that it can sustain partial breakdown without causing loss of - productivity.

    Technical Issues

    There are at least three areas that need to be addressed as you + productivity.

    Technical Issues

    There are at least three areas that need to be addressed as you approach the challenge of designing a network solution for the newly - expanded business. These are:

    • - User needs such as mobility and data access

    • The nature of Windows networking protocols

    • Identity management infrastructure needs

    Let's look at each in turn.

    User Needs

    The new company has three divisions. Staff for each division + expanded business. These are:

    • + User needs such as mobility and data access

    • The nature of Windows networking protocols

    • Identity management infrastructure needs

    Let's look at each in turn.

    User Needs

    The new company has three divisions. Staff for each division are spread across the company. Some staff are office-bound and some are mobile users. Mobile users travel globally. Some spend considerable periods working in other offices. Everyone wants to be @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ even dial-up connectivity is poor, while in other regions political encumbrances severely curtail user needs. Parts of the global Internet infrastructure remain shielded-off for reasons outside - the scope of this discussion.

    + the scope of this discussion.

    Decisions must be made regarding where data is to be stored, how it will be replicated (if at all), and what the network bandwidth implications are. For example, one decision that can be made is @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ synchronization tool could be rsync, run via a cron job. Mobile users may use off-line file storage under Windows XP Professional. This way, they can synchronize all files that have - changed since each logon to the network.

    + changed since each logon to the network.

    No matter which way you look at this, the bandwidth requirements for acceptable performance are substantial even if only 10 percent of staff are global data users. A company with 3500 employees @@ -139,10 +139,10 @@ mobile users. At that time, the average roaming profile took 480 Kbytes, while today the minimum Windows XP Professional roaming profile involves a transfer of over 750 Kbytes from the profile - server to/from the client.

    + server to/from the client.

    Obviously then, user needs and wide-area practicalities dictate the economic and technical aspects of your network - design as well as for standard operating procedures.

    The Nature of Windows Networking Protocols

    + design as well as for standard operating procedures.

    The Nature of Windows Networking Protocols

    Network logons that include roaming profile handling requires from 140 Kbytes to 2 Mbytes. The inclusion of support for a minimal set of common desktop applications can push the size of a complete @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ as location of user profiles is concerned. Additionally, it is a significant factor in determining the nature and style of mandatory profiles that may be enforced as part of a total service level - assurance program that might be implemented.

    + assurance program that might be implemented.

    One way to reduce the network bandwidth impact of user logon traffic is through folder redirection. In Chapter 6, you implemented this in the new Windows XP Professional standard @@ -158,21 +158,21 @@ Documents are redirected to a network drive, they should also be excluded from synchronization to/from the server on logon/out. Redirected folders are analogous to network drive - connections.

    + connections.

    Of course, network applications should only be run off local application servers. As a general rule, even with 2 Mbit/sec network bandwidth, it would not make sense at all for someone who is working out of the London office to run applications off a - server that is located in New York.

    + server that is located in New York.

    When network bandwidth becomes a precious commodity (that is most of the time), there is a significant demand to understand network processes and to mould the limits of acceptability around the constraints of affordability.

    When a Windows NT4/200x/XP Professional client user logs onto - the network, several important things must happen.

    • + the network, several important things must happen.

      • The client obtains an IP address via DHCP. (DHCP is - necessary so that users can roam between offices.)

      • + necessary so that users can roam between offices.)

      • The client must register itself with the WINS and/or DNS - server.

      • + server.

      • The client must locate the closest Domain Controller.

      • The client must log onto a Domain Controller and obtain as part of that process the location of the user's profile, load it, connect to redirected folders, and establish all network @@ -183,15 +183,15 @@ the logon protocols and principles of operation are concerned. The following information pertains exclusively to the interaction between a Windows XP Professional workstation and a - Samba-3.0.2 server. In the discussion that follows, use is made of + Samba-3.0.12 server. In the discussion that follows, use is made of DHCP and WINS.

        As soon as the Windows workstation starts up, it obtains an IP address. This is immediately followed by registration of its name both by broadcast and Unicast registration that is directed - at the WINS server.

        + at the WINS server.

        Given that the client is already a Domain Member, it then sends a directed (Unicast) request to the WINS server seeking the list of IP addresses for domain controllers (NetBIOS name type 0x1C). The - WINS server replies with the information requested.

        + WINS server replies with the information requested.

        The client sends two netlogon mailslot broadcast requests to the local network and to each of the IP addresses returned by the WINS server. Whichever answers this request first appears to @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ process the network logon. The mailslot messages use UDP broadcast to the local network and UDP Unicast directed at each machine that was listed in the WINS server response to a request for the list of - Domain Controllers.

        + Domain Controllers.

        The logon process begins with negotiation of the SMB/CIFS protocols that are to be used; this is followed by an exchange of information that ultimately includes the client sending the @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ connection, but that is a good point to halt for now. The priority here must center around identification of network infrastructure needs. A secondary fact we need to know is, what happens when - local Domain Controllers fail or break?

        + local Domain Controllers fail or break?

        Under most circumstances, the nearest Domain Controller responds to the netlogon mailslot broadcast. The exception to this norm occurs when the nearest Domain Controller is too busy or is out @@ -216,19 +216,19 @@ important that every network segment should have at least two Domain Controllers. Since there can be only one Primary Domain Controller (PDC), all additional Domain Controllers are by definition - Backup Domain Controllers (BDCs).

        + Backup Domain Controllers (BDCs).

        The provision of sufficient servers that are BDCs is an important design factor. The second important design factor involves how each of the BDCs obtains user authentication data. That is the subject of the next section as it involves key - decisions regarding Identity Management facilities.

      Identity Management Needs

      + decisions regarding Identity Management facilities.

      Identity Management Needs

      Network managers recognize that in large organizations users generally need to be given resource access based on needs, while being excluded from other resources for reasons of privacy. It is, therefore, essential that all users identify themselves at the point of network access. The network logon is the principal means by which user credentials are validated and filtered, and appropriate - rights and privileges are allocated.

      + rights and privileges are allocated.

      Unfortunately, network resources tend to have their own Identity Management facilities, the quality and manageability of which varies from quite poor to exceptionally good. Corporations that use a mixture @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ was originally called Yellow Pages, and was renamed when a telephone company objected to the use of its trademark. What was once called Yellow Pages is today known - as Network Information System (NIS).

      + as Network Information System (NIS).

      NIS gained a strong following throughout the UNIX/VMS space in a short period of time and retained that appeal and use for over a decade. Security concerns as well as inherent limitations @@ -247,17 +247,17 @@ adopted. Sun updated this to a more secure implementation called NIS+, but even it has fallen victim to changing demands as the demand for directory services that can be coupled with other - information systems is catching on.

      + information systems is catching on.

      Nevertheless, both NIS and NIS+ continue to hold ground in business areas where UNIX still has major sway. Examples of organizations that remain firmly attached to the use of NIS and NIS+ includes large government departments, education institutions, as well as large corporations that have a scientific or engineering - focus.

      + focus.

      Today's networking world needs a scalable, distributed Identity Management infrastructure, commonly called a directory. The most popular technologies today are Microsoft Active Directory service - and a number of LDAP implementations.

      + and a number of LDAP implementations.

      The problem of managing multiple directories has become a focal point over the past decade. This has created a large market for meta-directory products and services that allow organizations that @@ -265,19 +265,19 @@ centers to provision information from one directory into another. The attendant benefit to end users is the promise of having to remember and deal with fewer login identities and - passwords.

      + passwords.

      The challenge of every large network is to find the optimum balance of internal systems and facilities for Identity Management resources. How well the solution is chosen and implemented has potentially significant impact on network bandwidth - and systems response needs.

      + and systems response needs.

      In Chapter 6, you implemented a single LDAP server for the entire network. This may work for smaller networks, but almost certainly fails to meet the needs of large and complex networks. The following section documents how one may implement a single master LDAP server, with multiple slave servers.

      What is the best method for implementing master/slave LDAP servers within the context of a distributed 2000 user network is a - question that remains to be answered.

      + question that remains to be answered.

      One possibility that has great appeal is to create one single large distributed domain. The practical implications of this design (see ???) demands the placement of @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ over the wide-area links, except as a totally unavoidable measure. Network design must balance the risk of loss of user productivity against the cost of network management and - maintenance.

      + maintenance.

      The network design in ??? takes the approach that management of networks that are too remote to be capable of being managed effectively from New York ought @@ -296,15 +296,15 @@ and can be independently managed and controlled. One of the key drawbacks of this design is that it flies in the face of the ability for network users to roam globally without some compromise - in how they may access global resources.

      + in how they may access global resources.

      Desk-bound users need not be negatively affected by this design, since the use of interdomain trusts can be used to satisfy - the need for global data sharing.

      + the need for global data sharing.

      When Samba-3 is configured to use an LDAP backend, it stores the domain account information in a directory entry. This account entry contains the domain SID. An unintended but exploitable side effect is that this makes it possible to operate with more than one PDC on a - distributed network.

      + distributed network.

      How might this peculiar feature be exploited? The answer is simple. It is imperative that each network segment should have its own WINS server. Major servers on remote network segments can be @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ as if it is an independent domain, while all sharing the same domain SID. Since all domain account information can be stored in a single LDAP backend, users have unfettered ability to - roam.

      + roam.

      This concept has not been exhaustively validated, though we can see no reason why this should not work. The important facets are: The name of the domain must be identical in all @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ primary name. A single master LDAP server can be based in New York, with multiple LDAP slave servers located on every network segment. Finally, the BDCs should each use fail-over LDAP servers - that are in fact slave LDAP servers on the local segments.

      + that are in fact slave LDAP servers on the local segments.

      With a single master LDAP server, all network updates are effected on a single server. In the event that this should become excessively fragile or network bandwidth limiting, one could @@ -337,25 +337,25 @@ referential traffic. It should be noted that all directory administrators must of necessity follow the same standard procedures for managing the directory, as retroactive correction of - inconsistent directory information can be exceedingly difficult.

      Figure 7.1. Network Topology 2000 User Complex Design A

      Network Topology 2000 User Complex Design A

      Figure 7.2. Network Topology 2000 User Complex Design B

      Network Topology 2000 User Complex Design B

    Political Issues

    As organizations grow, the number of points of control increase + inconsistent directory information can be exceedingly difficult.

    Figure 7.1. Network Topology 2000 User Complex Design A

    Network Topology 2000 User Complex Design A

    Figure 7.2. Network Topology 2000 User Complex Design B

    Network Topology 2000 User Complex Design B

    Political Issues

    As organizations grow, the number of points of control increase also. In a large distributed organization, it is important that the Identity Management system must be capable of being updated from many locations, and it is equally important that changes made should become capable of being used in a reasonable period, typically minutes rather than days (the old limitation of highly manual - systems).

    Implementation

    + systems).

    Implementation

    Samba-3 has the ability to use multiple password (authentication and identity resolution) backends. The diagram in ??? demonstrates how Samba uses winbind, LDAP, and NIS, the traditional system password database. The diagram only documents the mechanisms for authentication and identity resolution (obtaining a UNIX UID/GID) using the specific systems shown. -

    Figure 7.3. Samba and Authentication Backend Search Pathways

    Samba and Authentication Backend Search Pathways

    +

    Figure 7.3. Samba and Authentication Backend Search Pathways

    Samba and Authentication Backend Search Pathways

    Samba is capable of using the smbpasswd, tdbsam, xmlsam, and mysqlsam authentication databases. The SMB passwords can, of course, also be stored in an LDAP ldapsam backend. LDAP is the preferred passdb backend for distributed network - operations.

    + operations.

    Additionally, it is possible to use multiple passdb backends concurrently as well as have multiple LDAP backends. As a result, one can specify a fail-over LDAP backend. The syntax for specifying a @@ -367,8 +367,8 @@

    This configuration tells Samba to use a single LDAP server as shown in ???. -

    Figure 7.4. Samba Configuration to Use a Single LDAP Server

    Samba Configuration to Use a Single LDAP Server

    - +

    Figure 7.4. Samba Configuration to Use a Single LDAP Server

    Samba Configuration to Use a Single LDAP Server

    + The addition of a fail-over LDAP server can simply be done by adding a second entry for the fail-over server to the single ldapsam entry as shown here (note the particular @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@

    This configuration tells Samba to use a master LDAP server, with fail-over to a slave server if necessary, as shown in ???. -

    Figure 7.5. Samba Configuration to Use a Dual (Fail-over) LDAP Server

    Samba Configuration to Use a Dual (Fail-over) LDAP Server

    +

    Figure 7.5. Samba Configuration to Use a Dual (Fail-over) LDAP Server

    Samba Configuration to Use a Dual (Fail-over) LDAP Server

    Some folks have tried to implement this without the use of double quotes as shown above. This is the type of entry they had created: @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ ldapsam:ldap://slave.abmas.biz ...

    - + The effect of this style of entry is that Samba lists the users that are in both LDAP databases. If both contain the same information, it results in each record being shown twice. This is, of course, not the @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@

    It is assumed that the network you are working with follows in a pattern similar to what has been covered in Chapter 6. The following steps permit the operation of a Master/Slave OpenLDAP arrangement.

    1. - + Log onto the master LDAP server as root. You are about to change the configuration of the LDAP server, so it makes sense to temporarily halt it. Stop OpenLDAP from running on @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@

       root#  service ldap stop
       

      -

    2. +

    3. Edit the /etc/openldap/slapd.conf file so it matches the content of ???.

    4. @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@

       root#  slapadd -v -l admin-accts.ldif
       

      -

    5. +

    6. Change directory to a suitable place to dump the contents of the LDAP server. The dump file (and LDIF file) is used to preload the Slave LDAP server database. You can dump the database by executing: @@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ root# slapcat -v -l LDAP-transfer-LDIF.txt

      Each record is written to the file. -

    7. +

    8. Copy the file LDAP-transfer-LDIF.txt to the intended slave LDAP server. A good location could be in the directory /etc/openldap/preload. @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ root# service ldap start root# chkconfig ldap on

      - +

    9. Go back to the master LDAP server. Execute the following to start LDAP as well as slurpd, the synchronization daemon, as shown here: @@ -515,9 +515,9 @@ root# rcslurpd start root# chkconfig slurpd on

      - + On Red Hat Linux, check the equivalent command to start slurpd. -

    10. +

    11. On the master ldap server you may now add an account to validate that replication is working. Assuming the configuration shown in Chapter 6, execute:

      @@ -560,7 +560,7 @@
       pidfile     /var/run/slapd/slapd.pid
       argsfile    /var/run/slapd/slapd.args
       
      -database    ldbm
      +database    bdb
       suffix      "dc=abmas,dc=biz"
       rootdn      "cn=Manager,dc=abmas,dc=biz"
       
      @@ -603,7 +603,7 @@
       pidfile     /var/run/slapd/slapd.pid
       argsfile    /var/run/slapd/slapd.args
       
      -database    ldbm
      +database    bdb
       suffix      "dc=abmas,dc=biz"
       rootdn      "cn=Manager,dc=abmas,dc=biz"
       
      @@ -632,299 +632,299 @@
       index sambaPrimaryGroupSID  eq
       index sambaDomainName       eq
       index default               sub
      -

    Example 7.3. Primary Domain Controller smb.conf File Part A

    # Global parameters
    [global]
    +

    Example 7.3. Primary Domain Controller smb.conf File Part A

    # Global parameters
    - unix charset = LOCALE
    + unix charset = LOCALE
    - workgroup = MEGANET2
    + workgroup = MEGANET2
    - passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://massive.abmas.biz
    + passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://massive.abmas.biz
    - username map = /etc/samba/smbusers
    + username map = /etc/samba/smbusers
    - log level = 1
    + log level = 1
    - syslog = 0
    + syslog = 0
    - log file = /var/log/samba/%m
    + log file = /var/log/samba/%m
    - max log size = 0
    + max log size = 0
    - smb ports = 139 445
    + smb ports = 139 445
    - name resolve order = wins bcast hosts
    + name resolve order = wins bcast hosts
    - time server = Yes
    + time server = Yes
    - printcap name = CUPS
    + printcap name = CUPS
    - add user script = /var/lib/samba/sbin/smbldap-useradd.pl -m '%u'
    + add user script = /var/lib/samba/sbin/smbldap-useradd.pl -m '%u'
    - delete user script = /var/lib/samba/sbin/smbldap-userdel.pl '%u'
    + delete user script = /var/lib/samba/sbin/smbldap-userdel.pl '%u'
    - add group script = /var/lib/samba/sbin/smbldap-groupadd.pl -p '%g'
    + add group script = /var/lib/samba/sbin/smbldap-groupadd.pl -p '%g'
    - delete group script = /var/lib/samba/sbin/smbldap-groupdel.pl '%g'
    + delete group script = /var/lib/samba/sbin/smbldap-groupdel.pl '%g'
    - add user to group script = /var/lib/samba/sbin/
    smbldap-groupmod.pl -m '%g' '%u'
    + add user to group script = /var/lib/samba/sbin/
    smbldap-groupmod.pl -m '%g' '%u'
    - delete user from group script = /var/lib/samba/sbin/
    smbldap-groupmod.pl -x '%g' '%u'
    + delete user from group script = /var/lib/samba/sbin/
    smbldap-groupmod.pl -x '%g' '%u'
    - set primary group script = /var/lib/samba/sbin/
    smbldap-usermod.pl -g '%g' '%u'
    + set primary group script = /var/lib/samba/sbin/
    smbldap-usermod.pl -g '%g' '%u'
    - add machine script = /var/lib/samba/sbin/
    smbldap-useradd.pl -w '%u'
    + add machine script = /var/lib/samba/sbin/
    smbldap-useradd.pl -w '%u'
    - shutdown script = /var/lib/samba/scripts/shutdown.sh
    + shutdown script = /var/lib/samba/scripts/shutdown.sh
    - abort shutdown script = /sbin/shutdown -c
    + abort shutdown script = /sbin/shutdown -c
    - logon script = scripts\logon.bat
    + logon script = scripts\logon.bat
    - logon path = \\%L\profiles\%U
    + logon path = \\%L\profiles\%U
    - logon drive = X:
    + logon drive = X:
    - domain logons = Yes
    + domain logons = Yes
    - domain master = Yes
    + domain master = Yes
    - wins support = Yes
    + wins support = Yes
    - ldap suffix = dc=abmas,dc=biz
    + ldap suffix = dc=abmas,dc=biz
    - ldap machine suffix = ou=People
    + ldap machine suffix = ou=People
    - ldap user suffix = ou=People
    + ldap user suffix = ou=People
    - ldap group suffix = ou=Groups
    + ldap group suffix = ou=Groups
    - ldap idmap suffix = ou=Idmap
    + ldap idmap suffix = ou=Idmap
    - ldap admin dn = cn=Manager,dc=abmas,dc=biz
    + ldap admin dn = cn=Manager,dc=abmas,dc=biz
    - idmap backend = ldap://massive.abmas.biz
    + idmap backend = ldap://massive.abmas.biz
    - idmap uid = 10000-20000
    + idmap uid = 10000-20000
    - idmap gid = 10000-20000
    + idmap gid = 10000-20000
    - printer admin = root
    + printer admin = root
    - printing = cups

    Example 7.4. Primary Domain Controller smb.conf File Part B

    [IPC$]
    + printing = cups

    Example 7.4. Primary Domain Controller smb.conf File Part B

    - path = /tmp
    [accounts]
    + path = /tmp
    - comment = Accounting Files
    + comment = Accounting Files
    - path = /data/accounts
    + path = /data/accounts
    - read only = No
    [service]
    + read only = No
    - comment = Financial Services Files
    + comment = Financial Services Files
    - path = /data/service
    + path = /data/service
    - read only = No
    [pidata]
    + read only = No
    - comment = Property Insurance Files
    + comment = Property Insurance Files
    - path = /data/pidata
    + path = /data/pidata
    - read only = No
    [homes]
    + read only = No
    - comment = Home Directories
    + comment = Home Directories
    - valid users = %S
    + valid users = %S
    - read only = No
    + read only = No
    - browseable = No
    [printers]
    + browseable = No
    - comment = SMB Print Spool
    + comment = SMB Print Spool
    - path = /var/spool/samba
    + path = /var/spool/samba
    - guest ok = Yes
    + guest ok = Yes
    - printable = Yes
    + printable = Yes
    - browseable = No

    Example 7.5. Primary Domain Controller smb.conf File Part C

    [apps]
    + browseable = No

    Example 7.5. Primary Domain Controller smb.conf File Part C

    - comment = Application Files
    + comment = Application Files
    - path = /apps
    + path = /apps
    - admin users = bjones
    + admin users = bjones
    - read only = No
    [netlogon]
    + read only = No
    - comment = Network Logon Service
    + comment = Network Logon Service
    - path = /var/lib/samba/netlogon
    + path = /var/lib/samba/netlogon
    - admin users = root, Administrator
    + admin users = root, Administrator
    - guest ok = Yes
    + guest ok = Yes
    - locking = No
    [profiles]
    + locking = No
    - comment = Profile Share
    + comment = Profile Share
    - path = /var/lib/samba/profiles
    + path = /var/lib/samba/profiles
    - read only = No
    + read only = No
    - profile acls = Yes
    [profdata]
    + profile acls = Yes
    - comment = Profile Data Share
    + comment = Profile Data Share
    - path = /var/lib/samba/profdata
    + path = /var/lib/samba/profdata
    - read only = No
    + read only = No
    - profile acls = Yes
    [print$]
    + profile acls = Yes
    - comment = Printer Drivers
    + comment = Printer Drivers
    - path = /var/lib/samba/drivers
    + path = /var/lib/samba/drivers
    - write list = root
    + write list = root
    - admin users = root, Administrator

    Example 7.6. Backup Domain Controller smb.conf File Part A

    # # Global parameters
    [global]
    + admin users = root, Administrator

    Example 7.6. Backup Domain Controller smb.conf File Part A

    # # Global parameters
    - unix charset = LOCALE
    + unix charset = LOCALE
    - workgroup = MEGANET2
    + workgroup = MEGANET2
    - netbios name = BLDG1
    + netbios name = BLDG1
    - passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://lapdc.abmas.biz
    + passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://lapdc.abmas.biz
    - username map = /etc/samba/smbusers
    + username map = /etc/samba/smbusers
    - log level = 1
    + log level = 1
    - syslog = 0
    + syslog = 0
    - log file = /var/log/samba/%m
    + log file = /var/log/samba/%m
    - max log size = 50
    + max log size = 50
    - smb ports = 139 445
    + smb ports = 139 445
    - name resolve order = wins bcast hosts
    + name resolve order = wins bcast hosts
    - printcap name = CUPS
    + printcap name = CUPS
    - show add printer wizard = No
    + show add printer wizard = No
    - logon script = scripts\logon.bat
    + logon script = scripts\logon.bat
    - logon path = \\%L\profiles\%U
    + logon path = \\%L\profiles\%U
    - logon drive = X:
    + logon drive = X:
    - domain logons = Yes
    + domain logons = Yes
    - os level = 63
    + os level = 63
    - domain master = No
    + domain master = No
    - wins server = 192.168.2.1
    + wins server = 192.168.2.1
    - ldap suffix = dc=abmas,dc=biz
    + ldap suffix = dc=abmas,dc=biz
    - ldap machine suffix = ou=People
    + ldap machine suffix = ou=People
    - ldap user suffix = ou=People
    + ldap user suffix = ou=People
    - ldap group suffix = ou=Groups
    + ldap group suffix = ou=Groups
    - ldap idmap suffix = ou=Idmap
    + ldap idmap suffix = ou=Idmap
    - ldap admin dn = cn=Manager,dc=abmas,dc=biz
    + ldap admin dn = cn=Manager,dc=abmas,dc=biz
    - utmp = Yes
    + utmp = Yes
    - idmap backend = ldap://massive.abmas.biz
    + idmap backend = ldap://massive.abmas.biz
    - idmap uid = 10000-20000
    + idmap uid = 10000-20000
    - idmap gid = 10000-20000
    + idmap gid = 10000-20000
    - printing = cups
    [accounts]
    + printing = cups
    - comment = Accounting Files
    + comment = Accounting Files
    - path = /data/accounts
    + path = /data/accounts
    - read only = No
    [service]
    + read only = No
    - comment = Financial Services Files
    + comment = Financial Services Files
    - path = /data/service
    + path = /data/service
    - read only = No

    Example 7.7. Backup Domain Controller smb.conf File Part B

    [pidata]
    + read only = No

    Example 7.7. Backup Domain Controller smb.conf File Part B

    - comment = Property Insurance Files
    + comment = Property Insurance Files
    - path = /data/pidata
    + path = /data/pidata
    - read only = No
    [homes]
    + read only = No
    - comment = Home Directories
    + comment = Home Directories
    - valid users = %S
    + valid users = %S
    - read only = No
    + read only = No
    - browseable = No
    [printers]
    + browseable = No
    - comment = SMB Print Spool
    + comment = SMB Print Spool
    - path = /var/spool/samba
    + path = /var/spool/samba
    - guest ok = Yes
    + guest ok = Yes
    - printable = Yes
    + printable = Yes
    - browseable = No
    [apps]
    + browseable = No
    - comment = Application Files
    + comment = Application Files
    - path = /apps
    + path = /apps
    - admin users = bjones
    + admin users = bjones
    - read only = No
    [netlogon]
    + read only = No
    - comment = Network Logon Service
    + comment = Network Logon Service
    - path = /var/lib/samba/netlogon
    + path = /var/lib/samba/netlogon
    - guest ok = Yes
    + guest ok = Yes
    - locking = No
    [profiles]
    + locking = No
    - comment = Profile Share
    + comment = Profile Share
    - path = /var/lib/samba/profiles
    + path = /var/lib/samba/profiles
    - read only = No
    + read only = No
    - profile acls = Yes
    [profdata]
    + profile acls = Yes
    - comment = Profile Data Share
    + comment = Profile Data Share
    - path = /var/lib/samba/profdata
    + path = /var/lib/samba/profdata
    - read only = No
    + read only = No
    - profile acls = Yes

    Key Points Learned

    -

    • + profile acls = Yes

    Key Points Learned

    +

    • Where Samba-3 is used as a Domain Controller, the use of LDAP is an essential component necessary to permit the use of BDCs. -

    • +

    • Replication of the LDAP master server to create a network of BDCs is an important mechanism for limiting wide-area network traffic.

    • @@ -936,40 +936,40 @@ Roaming profiles must be contained to the local network segment. Any departure from this may clog wide-area arteries and slow legitimate network traffic to a crawl. -

    Questions and Answers

    +

    Questions and Answers

    There is much rumor and misinformation regarding the use of MS Windows networking protocols. These questions are just a few of those frequently asked. -

    DHCPnetworkbandwidth +

    DHCPnetworkbandwidth Is it true that DHCP uses lots of wide-area network bandwidth? -
    background communicationLDAPmaster/slavebackground communication +
    background communicationLDAPmaster/slavebackground communication How much background communication takes place between a Master LDAP server and its slave LDAP servers? -
    +
    LDAP has a database. Is LDAP not just a fancy database front end? -
    OpenLDAP +
    OpenLDAP Can Active Directory obtain account information from an OpenLDAP server? -
    +
    What are the parts of a roaming profile? How large is each part? -
    +
    Can the My Documents folder be stored on a network drive? -
    wide-areanetworkbandwidthWINS +
    wide-areanetworkbandwidthWINS How much wide-area network bandwidth does WINS consume? -
    +
    How many BDCs should I have? What is the right number of Windows clients per server? -
    NIS serverLDAP +
    NIS serverLDAP I've heard that you can store NIS accounts in LDAP. Is LDAP not just a smarter way to run an NIS server? -
    +
    Can I use NIS in place of LDAP? -

    +

    Is it true that DHCP uses lots of wide-area network bandwidth? -

    +

    It is a smart practice to localize DHCP servers on each network segment. As a rule, there should be two DHCP servers per network segment. This means that if one server fails, there is always another to service user needs. DHCP requests use only UDP broadcast protocols. It is possible to run a DHCP Relay Agent on network routers. This makes it possible to run fewer DHCP servers. -

    +

    A DHCP network address request and confirmation usually results in about six UDP packets. The packets are from 60 to 568 bytes in length. Let us consider a site that has 300 DHCP clients and that uses a 24-hour IP address lease. This means that all clients renew @@ -986,21 +986,21 @@ x 512 (bytes/packet) = 0.9 Mbytes/day.

    From this can be seen that the traffic impact would be minimal. -

    +

    Even when DHCP is configured to do DNS update (Dynamic DNS) over a wide-area link, the impact of the update is no more than the DHCP IP address renewal traffic and, thus, still insignificant for most practical purposes. -

    +

    How much background communication takes place between a Master LDAP server and its slave LDAP servers? -

    +

    The process that controls the replication of data from the Master LDAP server to the Slave LDAP servers is called slurpd. The slurpd remains nascent (quiet) until an update must be propagated. The propagation traffic per LDAP salve to update (add/modify/delete) two user accounts requires less than 10Kbytes traffic. -

    +

    LDAP has a database. Is LDAP not just a fancy database front end? -

    +

    LDAP does store its data in a database of sorts. In fact the LDAP backend is an application-specific data storage system. This type of database is indexed so that records can be rapidly located, but the database is not generic and can be used only in particular pre-programmed ways. General external @@ -1009,41 +1009,41 @@ orientation and typically allows external programs to perform ad-hoc queries, even across data tables. An LDAP front end is a purpose-built tool that has a search orientation that is designed around specific simple queries. The term database is heavily overloaded and, thus, much misunderstood. -

    +

    Can Active Directory obtain account information from an OpenLDAP server? -

    +

    No, at least not directly. It is possible to provision Active Directory from/to an OpenLDAP database through use of a meta-directory server. Microsoft MMS (now called MIIS) can interface to OpenLDAP using standard LDAP queries/updates. -

    +

    What are the parts of a roaming profile? How large is each part? -

    +

    A roaming profile consists of:

    • Desktop folders such as: Desktop, My Documents, My Pictures, My Music, Internet Files, Cookies, Application Data, Local Settings, and more. See ???. -

      +

      Each of these can be anywhere from a few bytes to gigabytes in capacity. Fortunately, all such folders can be redirected to network drive resources. See ??? for more information regarding folder redirection.

    • A static or re-writable portion that is typically only a few files (2-5 Kbytes of information). -

    • +

    • The registry load file that modifies the HKEY_LOCAL_USER hive. This is the NTUSER.DAT file. It can be from 0.4-1.5 MBytes. -

    +

    Microsoft Outlook PST files may be stored in the Local Settings\Application Data folder. It can be up to 2 Gbytes in size per PST file. -

    +

    Can the My Documents folder be stored on a network drive? -

    +

    Yes. More correctly, such folders can be redirected to network shares. No specific network drive connection is required. Registry settings permit this to be redirected directly to a UNC (Universal Naming Convention) resource, though it is possible to specify a network drive letter instead of a UNC name. See ???. -

    +

    How much wide-area network bandwidth does WINS consume? -

    +

    MS Windows clients cache information obtained from WINS lookups in a local NetBIOS name cache. This keeps WINS lookups to a minimum. On a network with 3500 MS Windows clients and a central WINS server, the total bandwidth demand measured at the WINS server, averaged over an eight-hour working day, @@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@

    In conclusion, the total load afforded through WINS traffic is again marginal to total operational usage as it should be. -

    +

    How many BDCs should I have? What is the right number of Windows clients per server?

    It is recommended to have at least one BDC per network segment, including the segment served @@ -1069,18 +1069,18 @@

    As unsatisfactory as the answer might sound, it all depends on network and server load characteristics. -

    +

    I've heard that you can store NIS accounts in LDAP. Is LDAP not just a smarter way to run an NIS server?

    The correct answer to both questions is yes. But do understand that an LDAP server has a configurable schema that can store far more information for many more purposes than just NIS. -

    +

    Can I use NIS in place of LDAP? -

    +

    No. The NIS database does not have provision to store Microsoft encrypted passwords and does not deal with the types of data necessary for interoperability with Microsoft Windows networking. The use of LDAP with Samba requires the use of a number of schemas, one of which is the NIS schema, but also a Samba-specific schema extension. -

    +

    diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Guide/appendix.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Guide/appendix.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Guide/appendix.html 2005-02-03 21:54:52.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Guide/appendix.html 2005-03-17 15:18:05.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -Appendix A. Appendix: A Collection of Useful Tid-bits

    Appendix A. Appendix: A Collection of Useful Tid-bits

    +Appendix A. Appendix: A Collection of Useful Tid-bits

    Appendix A. Appendix: A Collection of Useful Tid-bits

    Information presented here is considered to be either basic or well-known material that is informative yet helpful. Over the years, I have observed an interesting behavior. There is an expectation that the process for joining a Windows client to a Samba-controlled Windows Domain may somehow involve steps different from doing so with Windows NT4 or a Windows ADS Domain. Be assured that the steps are identical, as shown in the example given below. -

    Joining a Domain: Windows 200x/XP Professional

    +

    Joining a Domain: Windows 200x/XP Professional

    Microsoft Windows NT/200x/XP Professional platforms can participate in Domain Security. This section steps through the process for making a Windows 200x/XP Professional machine a member of a Domain Security environment. It should be noted that this process is identical @@ -46,27 +46,27 @@

    The “Welcome to the MIDEARTH domain” dialog box should appear. At this point, the machine must be rebooted. Joining the domain is now complete. -

    +

    The screen capture shown in ??? has a button labeled More.... This button opens a panel in which you can set (or change) the Primary DNS suffix of the computer. This is a parameter that mainly affects members of Microsoft Active Directory. Active Directory is heavily oriented around the DNS name space. -

    +

    Where NetBIOS technology uses WINS as well as UDP broadcast as key mechanisms for name resolution, Active Directory servers register their services with the Microsoft Dynamic DNS server. Windows clients must be able to query the correct DNS server to find the services (like which machines are Domain Controllers or which machines have the Netlogon service running). -

    +

    The default setting of the Primary DNS suffix is the Active Directory domain name. When you change the Primary DNS suffix, this does not affect Domain Membership, but it can break network browsing and the ability to resolve your computer name to a valid IP address.

    The Primary DNS suffix parameter principally affects MS Windows clients that are members of an Active Directory domain. Where the client is a member of a Samba Domain, it is preferable to leave this field blank. -

    +

    According to Microsoft documentation, “If this computer belongs to a group with Group Policy enabled on Primary DNS suffice of this computer, the string specified in the Group Policy is used as the primary DNS suffix and you might need to restart your computer to view the correct setting. The local setting is used only if Group Policy is disabled or unspecified.” -

    Samba System File Location

    +

    Samba System File Location

    One of the frustrations expressed by subscribers to the Samba mailing lists revolves around the choice of where the default Samba Team build and installation process locates its Samba files. The location, chosen in the early 1990s, for the default installation is in the /usr/local/samba directory. This is a perfectly reasonable location, particularly given all the other @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@

    Several UNIX vendors, and Linux vendors in particular, elected to locate the Samba files in a location other than the Samba Team default. -

    +

    Linux vendors, working in conjunction with the Free Standards Group (FSG), Linux Standards Base (LSB), and File Hierarchy System (FHS), have elected to locate the configuration files under the /etc/samba directory, common binary files (those used by users) in the /usr/bin directory, and the administrative files (daemons) in the @@ -83,13 +83,13 @@ /usr/share/swat. There are additional support files for smbd in the /usr/lib/samba directory tree. The files located there include the dynamically loadable modules for the passdb backend as well as for the VFS modules. -

    +

    Samba creates run-time control files and generates log files. The run-time control files (tdb and dat files) are stored in the /var/lib/samba directory. Log files are created in /var/log/samba.

    When Samba is built and installed using the default Samba Team process, all files are located under the /usr/local/samba directory tree. This makes it simple to find the files that Samba owns. -

    +

    One way to find the Samba files that are installed on your UNIX/Linux system is to search for the location of all files called smbd. Here is an example:

    @@ -117,26 +117,26 @@
     	If you wish to locate the Samba version, just run:
     

     root#  /path-to-binary-file/smbd -V
    -Version 3.0.2-SUSE
    +Version 3.0.12-SUSE
     

    Many people have been caught by installation of Samba using the default Samba Team process when it was already installed by the platform vendor's method. If your platform uses RPM format packages, you can check to see if Samba is installed by - executing: + executing:

     root#  rpm -qa | grep samba
    -samba3-pdb-3.0.2-1
    -samba3-vscan-0.3.4-0
    -samba3-winbind-3.0.2-1
    -samba3-3.0.2-1
    -samba3-python-3.0.2-1
    -samba3-utils-3.0.2-1
    -samba3-doc-3.0.2-1
    -samba3-client-3.0.2-1
    -samba3-cifsmount-3.0.2-1
    -	

    +samba3-pdb-3.0.12-1 +samba3-vscan-0.3.5-0 +samba3-winbind-3.0.12-1 +samba3-3.0.12-1 +samba3-python-3.0.12-1 +samba3-utils-3.0.12-1 +samba3-doc-3.0.12-1 +samba3-client-3.0.12-1 +samba3-cifsmount-3.0.12-1 +

    The package names, of course, vary according to how the vendor, or the binary package builder, prepared them. -

    Starting Samba

    +

    Starting Samba

    Samba essentially consists of two or three daemons. A daemon is a UNIX application that runs in the background and provides services. An example of a service is the Apache Web server for which the daemon is called httpd. In the case of Samba, there are three daemons, two of which are needed as a minimum. @@ -177,19 +177,19 @@ fi exit 0

    nmbd

    - - + + This daemon handles all name registration and resolution requests. It is the primary vehicle involved in network browsing. It handles all UDP-based protocols. The nmbd daemon should be the first command started as part of the Samba startup process.

    smbd

    - - + + This daemon handles all TCP/IP-based connection services for file- and print-based operations. It also manages local authentication. It should be started immediately following the startup of nmbd.

    winbindd

    - - + + This daemon should be started when Samba is a member of a Windows NT4 or ADS Domain. IT is also needed when Samba has trust relationships with another Domain. The winbindd daemon will check the smb.conf file for the presence of the idmap uid and idmap gid @@ -243,22 +243,22 @@ echo "Usage: smb {start|stop|restart|status}" exit 1 esac -

    +

    SUSE Linux implements individual control over each Samba daemon. A samba control script that can be conveniently executed from the command line is shown in ???. This can be located in the directory /sbin in a file called samba. This type of control script should be owned by user root and group root, and set so that only root can execute it. -

    +

    A sample startup script for a Red Hat Linux system is shown in ???. This file could be located in the directory /etc/rc.d and can be called samba. A similar startup script is required to control winbind. If you want to find more information regarding startup scripts please refer to the packaging section of the Samba source code distribution tarball. The packaging files for each platform include a startup control file. -

    DNS Configuration Files

    +

    DNS Configuration Files

    The following files are common to all DNS server configurations. Rather than repeat them multiple times, they are presented here for general reference. -

    The Forward Zone File for the Loopback Adaptor

    +

    The Forward Zone File for the Loopback Adaptor

    The forward zone file for the loopback address never changes. An example file is shown in ???. All traffic destined for an IP address that is hosted on a physical interface on the machine itself is routed to the loopback adaptor. This is @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ IN NS @ IN A 127.0.0.1 -

    The Reverse Zone File for the Loopback Adaptor

    +

    The Reverse Zone File for the Loopback Adaptor

    The reverse zone file for the loopback address as shown in ??? is necessary so that references to the address 127.0.0.1 can be resolved to the correct name of the interface. @@ -335,15 +335,15 @@ . 3600000 NS M.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. M.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 3600000 A 202.12.27.33 ; End of File -

    DNS Root Server Hint File

    +

    DNS Root Server Hint File

    The content of the root hints file as shown in ??? changes slowly over time. Periodically this file should be updated from the source shown. Because of its size this file is located at the end of this appendix. -

    Alternative LDAP Database Initialization

    +

    Alternative LDAP Database Initialization

    The following procedure may be used as an alternative means of configuring the initial LDAP database. Many administrators prefer to have greater control over how system files get configured. -

    Initialization of the LDAP Database

    +

    Initialization of the LDAP Database

    The first step to get the LDAP server ready for action is to create the LDIF file from which the LDAP database will be preloaded. This is necessary to create the containers into which the user, group, and so on, accounts is written. It is also necessary to @@ -629,37 +629,31 @@ dc: INETDOMAIN o: ORGNAME description: Posix and Samba LDAP Identity Database -structuralObjectClass: organization dn: cn=Manager,dc=INETDOMAIN,dc=TLDORG objectClass: organizationalRole cn: Manager description: Directory Manager -structuralObjectClass: organizationalRole dn: ou=People,dc=INETDOMAIN,dc=TLDORG objectClass: top objectClass: organizationalUnit ou: People -structuralObjectClass: organizationalUnit dn: ou=Computers,dc=INETDOMAIN,dc=TLDORG objectClass: top objectClass: organizationalUnit ou: Computers -structuralObjectClass: organizationalUnit dn: ou=Groups,dc=INETDOMAIN,dc=TLDORG objectClass: top objectClass: organizationalUnit ou: Groups -structuralObjectClass: organizationalUnit dn: ou=Idmap,dc=INETDOMAIN,dc=TLDORG objectClass: top objectClass: organizationalUnit ou: Idmap -structuralObjectClass: organizationalUnit dn: sambaDomainName=DOMNAME,ou=Domains,dc=INETDOMAIN,dc=TLDORG objectClass: sambaDomain @@ -677,7 +671,6 @@ sambaGroupType: 2 displayName: Domain Admins description: Domain Administrators -structuralObjectClass: posixGroup dn: cn=domguests,ou=Groups,dc=INETDOMAIN,dc=TLDORG objectClass: posixGroup @@ -688,7 +681,6 @@ sambaGroupType: 2 displayName: Domain Guests description: Domain Guests Users -structuralObjectClass: posixGroup dn: cn=domusers,ou=Groups,dc=INETDOMAIN,dc=TLDORG objectClass: posixGroup @@ -699,8 +691,7 @@ sambaGroupType: 2 displayName: Domain Users description: Domain Users -structuralObjectClass: posixGroup -

    The LDAP Account Manager

    +

    The LDAP Account Manager

    The LDAP Account Manager (LAM) is an application suite that has been written in PHP. LAM can be used with any Web server that has PHP4 support. It connects to the LDAP server either using unencrypted connections or via SSL. LAM can be used to manage @@ -711,16 +702,16 @@ home page and from its mirror sites. LAM has been released under the GNU GPL version 2. The current version of LAM is 0.4.3. Release of version 0.5 is expected some time early in 2004. -

    +

    Requirements:

    • A web server that will work with PHP4.

    • PHP4 (available from the PHP home page.)

    • OpenLDAP 2.0 or later.

    • A Web browser that supports CSS.

    • Perl.

    • The gettext package.

    • mcrypt + mhash (optional since version 0.4.3).

    • It is also a good idea to install SSL support.

    LAM is a useful tool that provides a simple Web-based device that can be used to - manage the contents of the LDAP directory to: + manage the contents of the LDAP directory to:

    • Display user/group/host and Domain entries.

    • Manages entries (Add/Delete/Edit).

    • Filter and sort entries.

    • Set LAM administrator accounts.

    • Store and use multiple operating profiles.

    • Edit organizational units (OUs).

    • Upload accounts from a file.

    • Is compatible with Samba-2.2.x and Samba-3.

    When correctly configured, LAM allows convenient management of UNIX (Posix) and Samba user, group, and windows domain member machine accounts. -

    +

    The default password is “lam.” It is highly recommended that you use only an SSL connection to your Web server for all remote operations involving LAM. If you want secure connections, you must configure your Apache Web server to permit connections @@ -739,7 +730,7 @@ Copy the extracted files to the document root directory of your Web server. For example, on SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 8, copy to the /srv/web/htdocs directory. -

  • +

  • Set file permissions using the following commands:

     root#  chown -R wwwrun.www /srv/www/htdocs/lam
    @@ -748,14 +739,14 @@
     root#  chmod 755 /srv/www/htdocs/lam/config
     root#  chmod 755 /srv/www/htdocs/lam/lib/*pl
     

    -

  • +

  • Using your favorite editor create the following config.cfg LAM configuration file:

     root#  cd /srv/www/htdocs/lam/config
     root#  cp config.cfg_sample config.cfg
     root#  vi config.cfg
    -	    

    +

    An example file is shown in ???. This is the minimum configuration that must be completed. The LAM profile file can be created using a convenient wizard that is part of the LAM @@ -769,18 +760,18 @@ lam.conf_sample file to a file called lam.conf then, using your favorite editor, change the settings to match local site needs. -

  • +

    An example of a working file is shown here in ???. This file has been stripped of comments to keep the size small. The comments and help information provided in the profile file that the wizard creates is very useful and will help many administrators to avoid pitfalls. Your configuration file obviously reflects the configuration options that are preferred at your site. -

    +

    It is important that your LDAP server is running at the time that LAM is being configured. This permits you to validate correct operation. An example of the LAM login screen is provided in ???. -

    Figure A.6. The LDAP Account Manager Login Screen

    The LDAP Account Manager Login Screen

    +

    Figure A.6. The LDAP Account Manager Login Screen

    The LDAP Account Manager Login Screen

    The LAM configuration editor has a number of options that must be managed correctly. An example of use of the LAM configuration editor is shown in ???. It is important that you correctly set the minimum and maximum UID/GID values that are @@ -789,12 +780,12 @@ The best work-around is to temporarily set the minimum values to zero (0) to permit the initial settings to be made. Do not forget to reset these to sensible values before using LAM to add additional users and groups. -

    Figure A.7. The LDAP Account Manager Configuration Screen

    The LDAP Account Manager Configuration Screen

    +

    Figure A.7. The LDAP Account Manager Configuration Screen

    The LDAP Account Manager Configuration Screen

    LAM has some nice, but unusual features. For example, one unexpected feature in most application screens permits the generation of a PDF file that lists configuration information. This is a well thought out facility. This option has been edited out of the following screen shots to conserve space. -

    +

    When you log onto LAM the opening screen drops you right into the user manager as shown in ???. This is a logical action as it permits the most-needed facility to be used immediately. The editing of an existing user, as with the addition of a new user, @@ -807,7 +798,7 @@ for user accounts, group accounts may be rapidly dealt with. ??? shown a sub-screen from the group editor that permits users to be assigned secondary group memberships. -

    Figure A.9. The LDAP Account Manager Group Edit Screen

    The LDAP Account Manager Group Edit Screen

    Figure A.10. The LDAP Account Manager Group Membership Edit Screen

    The LDAP Account Manager Group Membership Edit Screen

    +

    Figure A.9. The LDAP Account Manager Group Edit Screen

    The LDAP Account Manager Group Edit Screen

    Figure A.10. The LDAP Account Manager Group Membership Edit Screen

    The LDAP Account Manager Group Membership Edit Screen

    The final screen presented here is one that you should not normally need to use. Host accounts will be automatically managed using the smbldap-tools scripts. This means that the screen ??? will, in most cases, not be used. @@ -848,7 +839,7 @@ samba3: yes cachetimeout: 5 pwdhash: SSHA -

    Effect of Setting File and Directory SUID/SGID Permissions Explained

    +

    Effect of Setting File and Directory SUID/SGID Permissions Explained

    The setting of the SUID/SGID bits on the file or directory permissions flag has particular consequences. If the file is executable and the SUID bit is set, it executes with the privilege of (with the UID of) the owner of the file. For example, if you are logged onto a system as @@ -918,34 +909,34 @@ total 1 drw-rw-r-- 2 bobj Domain Users 12346 Dec 18 18:11 maryvfile.txt

    -

    Shared Data Integrity

    +

    Shared Data Integrity

    The integrity of shared data is often viewed as a particularly emotional issue, especially where there are concurrent problems with multi-user data access. Contrary to the assertions of some who have experienced problems in either area, the cause has nothing to do with the phases of the moons of Jupiter.

    The solution to concurrent multi-user data access problems must consider three separate areas - from which the problem may stem: -

    • application level locking controls.

    • client side locking controls.

    • server side locking controls.

    + from which the problem may stem: +

    • application level locking controls.

    • client side locking controls.

    • server side locking controls.

    Many database applications use some form of application-level access control. An example of one well-known application that uses application-level locking is Microsoft Access. Detailed guidance is provided given that this is the most common application for which problems have been reported. -

    +

    Common applications that are affected by client- and server-side locking controls include MS Excel and Act!. Important locking guidance is provided here. -

    Microsoft Access

    +

    Microsoft Access

    The best advice that can be given is to carefully read the Microsoft knowledge base articles that cover this area. Examples of relevant documents includes: -

    • http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;208778

    • http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;299373

    +

    • http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;208778

    • http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;299373

    Make sure that your MS Access database file is configured for multi-user access (not set for exclusive open). Open MS Access on each client workstation then set the following: (Menu bar) Tools+Options+[tab] General. Set network path to Default database folder: \\server\share\folder.

    You can configure MS Access file sharing behavior as follows: click [tab] Advanced. - Set: -

    • Default open mode: Shared

    • Default Record Locking: Edited Record

    • Open databases using record_level locking

    + Set: +

    • Default open mode: Shared

    • Default Record Locking: Edited Record

    • Open databases using record_level locking

    You must now commit the changes so that they will take effect. To do so, click ApplyOk. At this point, you should exit MS Access, restart it and then validate that these settings have not changed. -

    Act! Database Sharing

    +

    Act! Database Sharing

    Where the server sharing the ACT! database(s) is running Samba, Windows NT, 200x or XP, you must disable opportunistic locking on the server and all workstations. Failure to do so results in data corruption. This information is available from the Act! Web site @@ -953,7 +944,7 @@ 1998223162925 as well as from article 200110485036. -

    +

    These documents clearly state that opportunistic locking must be disabled on both the server (Samba in the case we are interested in here), as well as on every workstation from which the centrally shared Act! database will be accessed. Act! provides @@ -961,18 +952,18 @@ registry settings that may otherwise interfere with the operation of Act! Registered Act! users may download this utility from the Act! Web site. -

    Opportunistic Locking Controls

    +

    Opportunistic Locking Controls

    Third-party Windows applications may not be compatible with the use of opportunistic file - and record locking. For applications that are known not to be compatible,[14] oplock + and record locking. For applications that are known not to be compatible,[14] oplock support may need to be disabled both on the Samba server and on the Windows workstations. -

    +

    Oplocks enable a Windows client to cache parts of a file that are being edited. Another windows client may then request to open the file with the ability to write to it. The server will then ask the original workstation that had the file open with a write lock to release it's lock. Before doing so, that workstation must flush the file from cache memory to the disk or network drive. -

    +

    Disabling of Oplocks usage may require server and client changes. Oplocks may be disabled by file, by file pattern, on the share, or on the samba server. @@ -1008,4 +999,4 @@

    Comprehensive coverage of file and record locking controls is provided in TOSHARG Chapter 13. The information provided in that chapter was obtained from a wide variety of sources. -



    +



    diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Guide/Big500users.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Guide/Big500users.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Guide/Big500users.html 2005-02-03 21:54:44.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Guide/Big500users.html 2005-03-17 15:17:57.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Chapter 5. The 500-User Office

    Chapter 5. The 500-User Office

    +Chapter 5. The 500-User Office

    Chapter 5. The 500-User Office

    The Samba-3 networking you explored in the previous chapter covers the finer points of configuration of peripheral services such as DHCP and DNS, and WINS. You experienced implementation of a simple configuration of the services that are important adjuncts @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ involving no print job processing intelligence. In this chapter, you maintain that same approach to printing, but in the following chapter, there is an opportunity to make printing more complex for the administrator while making it easier for the user. -

    +

    The previous chapter demonstrates operation of a DHCP server and a DNS server, as well as a central WINS server. You validated the operation of these services and saw an effective implementation of a Samba Domain Controller using the @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ improve network management and control while reducing human resource overheads. You should take the opportunity to innovate and expand on the methods presented here and explore them to the fullest. -

    Introduction

    +

    Introduction

    Business continues to go well for Abmas. Mr. Meany is driving your success and the network continues to grow thanks to the hard work Christine has done. You recently hired Stanley Soroka as Manager of Information Systems. Christine recommended Stan @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ and to allow Stan and Christine to fully stage the new network and test it before it is rolled out. Your strategy is to complete the new network so that it is ready for operation when the old office moves into the new premises. -

    Assignment Tasks

    +

    Assignment Tasks

    The acquired business had 280 network users. The old Abmas building housed 220 network users in unbelievably cramped conditions. The network that initially served 130 users now handles 220 users quite well. @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ DirectPointe Inc. receives from you a new standard desktop configuration every four months. They automatically roll that out to each desktop system. You must keep DirectPointe informed of all changes. -

    +

    The new network has a single Samba Domain Controller (PDC) located in the Network Operation Center (NOC). Buildings 1 and 2 each have a local server for local application servicing. It is a Domain Member. The new system @@ -112,8 +112,8 @@

    Printing is based on raw pass-through facilities as it has been used so far. All printer drivers are installed on the desktop and notebook computers. -

    Dissection and Discussion

    - +

    Dissection and Discussion

    + The example you are building in this chapter is an example of a network design that works, but this does not make it a design that is recommended. As a general rule, there should be at least one Backup Domain Controller per 150 Windows network clients. The principle behind @@ -124,23 +124,23 @@ responsiveness. This network will have 500 clients serviced by one central Domain Controller. This is not a good omen for user satisfaction. You, of course, address this very soon (see next chapter). -

    Technical Issues

    +

    Technical Issues

    Stan has talked you into a horrible compromise, but it is addressed. Just make certain that the performance of this network is well validated before going live.

    Design decisions made in this design include:

    • - - - + + + A single Primary Domain Controller (PDC) is being implemented. This limitation is based on the choice not to use LDAP. Many network administrators fear using LDAP based on the perceived complexity of implementation and management of an LDAP-based backend for all user identity management as well as to store network access credentials.

    • - - + + Because of the refusal to use an LDAP (ldapsam) passdb backend at this time, the only choice that makes sense with 500 users is to use the tdbsam passwd backend. This type of backend is not receptive to replication to Backup Domain Controllers. @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ for a simple mode of operation, but has to be balanced with network performance and integrity of operations considerations.

    • - + A single central WINS server is being used. The PDC is also the WINS server. Any attempt to operate a routed network without a WINS server while using NetBIOS over TCP/IP protocols does not work unless on each client the name resolution @@ -165,12 +165,12 @@ At this time the Samba WINS database is not capable of being replicated. That is why a single WINS server is being implemented. This should work without a problem.

    • - + Backup Domain Controllers make use of winbindd to provide access to Domain security credentials for file system access and object storage.

    • - - + + Configuration of Windows XP Professional clients is achieved using DHCP. Each subnet has its own DHCP server. Backup DHCP serving is provided by one alternate DHCP server. This necessitates enabling of the DHCP Relay agent on @@ -186,14 +186,14 @@ The network address and sub-netmask chosen provide 1022 usable IP addresses in each subnet. If in the future more addresses are required, it would make sense to add further subnets rather than change addressing. -

    Political Issues

    +

    Political Issues

    This case gets close to the real world. You and I know the right way to implement Domain Control. Politically, we have to navigate a mine field. In this case, the need is to get the PDC rolled out in compliance with expectations and also to be ready to save the day by having the real solution ready before it is needed. That real solution is presented in the next chapter. -

    Implementation

    - The following configuration process begins following installation of Red Hat Linux 9.0 on the +

    Implementation

    + The following configuration process begins following installation of Red Hat Fedora Core2 on the three servers shown in the network topology diagram in ???. You have selected hardware that is appropriate to the task.

    Figure 5.1. Network Topology 500 User Network Using tdbsam passdb backend.

    Network Topology 500 User Network Using tdbsam passdb backend.

    Installation of DHCP, DNS, and Samba Control Files

    @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@

    The abbreviation shown in this table as {VLN} means the directory location beginning with /var/lib/named. -

    Table 5.1. Domain: MEGANET, File Locations for Servers

    File InformationServer Name
    SourceTarget LocationMASSIVEBLDG1BLDG2
    ???/etc/samba/smb.confYesNoNo
    ???/etc/samba/dc-common.confYesNoNo
    ???/etc/samba/common.confYesYesYes
    ???/etc/samba/smb.confNoYesNo
    ???/etc/samba/smb.confNoNoYes
    ???/etc/samba/dommem.confNoYesYes
    ???/etc/dhcpd.confYesNoNo
    ???/etc/dhcpd.confNoYesNo
    ???/etc/dhcpd.confNoNoYes
    ???/etc/named.conf (part A)YesNoNo
    ???/etc/named.conf (part B)YesNoNo
    ???/etc/named.conf (part C)YesNoNo
    ???{VLN}/master/abmas.biz.hostsYesNoNo
    ???{VLN}/master/abmas.us.hostsYesNoNo
    ???/etc/named.conf (part A)NoYesYes
    ???/etc/named.conf (part B)NoYesYes
    ???{VLN}/localhost.zoneYesYesYes
    ???{VLN}/127.0.0.zoneYesYesYes
    ???{VLN}/root.hintYesYesYes

    Server Preparation All Servers

    +

    Table 5.1. Domain: MEGANET, File Locations for Servers

    File InformationServer Name
    SourceTarget LocationMASSIVEBLDG1BLDG2
    ???/etc/samba/smb.confYesNoNo
    ???/etc/samba/dc-common.confYesNoNo
    ???/etc/samba/common.confYesYesYes
    ???/etc/samba/smb.confNoYesNo
    ???/etc/samba/smb.confNoNoYes
    ???/etc/samba/dommem.confNoYesYes
    ???/etc/dhcpd.confYesNoNo
    ???/etc/dhcpd.confNoYesNo
    ???/etc/dhcpd.confNoNoYes
    ???/etc/named.conf (part A)YesNoNo
    ???/etc/named.conf (part B)YesNoNo
    ???/etc/named.conf (part C)YesNoNo
    ???{VLN}/master/abmas.biz.hostsYesNoNo
    ???{VLN}/master/abmas.us.hostsYesNoNo
    ???/etc/named.conf (part A)NoYesYes
    ???/etc/named.conf (part B)NoYesYes
    ???{VLN}/localhost.zoneYesYesYes
    ???{VLN}/127.0.0.zoneYesYesYes
    ???{VLN}/root.hintYesYesYes

    Server Preparation All Servers

    The following steps apply to all servers. Follow each step carefully.

    1. Using the UNIX/Linux system tools, set the name of the server as shown in the network @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ root# hostname -f

    2. - + Edit your /etc/hosts file to include the primary names and addresses of all network interfaces that are on the host server. This is necessary so that during startup the system is able to resolve all its own names to the IP address prior to @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ CUPS print server is started before the DNS server (named), you should also include an entry for the printers in the /etc/hosts file.

    3. - + All DNS name resolution should be handled locally. To ensure that the server is configured correctly to handle this, edit /etc/resolv.conf so it has the following content: @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ This instructs the name resolver function (when configured correctly) to ask the DNS server that is running locally to resolve names to addresses.

    4. - + Add the root user to the password backend as follows:

       root#  smbpasswd -a root
      @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@
       			deleted. If for any reason the account is deleted, you may not be able to recreate this account
       			without considerable trouble.
       			

    5. - + Create the username map file to permit the root account to be called Administrator from the Windows network environment. To do this, create the file /etc/samba/smbusers with the following contents: @@ -289,16 +289,16 @@ Follow the instructions in the printer manufacturer's manuals to permit printing to port 9100. Use any other port the manufacturer specifies for direct mode, raw printing. This allows the CUPS spooler to print using raw mode protocols. - - + +

    6. - + Only on the server to which the printer is attached configure the CUPS Print Queues as follows:

       root#  lpadmin -p printque -v socket://printer-name.abmas.biz:9100 -E
       

      - + This step creates the necessary print queue to use no assigned print filter. This is ideal for raw printing, i.e., printing without use of filters. The name printque is the name you have assigned for @@ -318,15 +318,15 @@ root# /usr/bin/accept printque

    7. - - - + + + Edit the file /etc/cups/mime.convs to uncomment the line:

       application/octet-stream     application/vnd.cups-raw      0     -
       

    8. - + Edit the file /etc/cups/mime.types to uncomment the line:

       application/octet-stream
      @@ -349,12 +349,12 @@
       	processes to auto-map Windows client drives to an application server that is nearest to the client. This
       	is considerably more difficult when a single PDC is used on a routed network. It can be done, but not
       	as elegantly as you see in the next chapter.
      -	

    Server Specific Preparation

    +

    Server Specific Preparation

    There are some steps that apply to particular server functionality only. Each step is critical to correct server operation. -

    Configuration for Server: MASSIVE

    1. - - +

      Configuration for Server: MASSIVE

      1. + + The host server acts as a router between the two internal network segments as well as for all Internet access. This necessitates that IP forwarding must be enabled. This can be achieved by adding to the /etc/rc.d/boot.local an entry as follows: @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ startup files as follows: (SUSE) /etc/rc.d/boot.local, (Red Hat) /etc/rc.d/init.d/rc.local.

      2. - + The final step that must be completed is to edit the /etc/nsswitch.conf file. This file controls the operation of the various resolver libraries that are part of the Linux Glibc libraries. Edit this file so that it contains the following entries: @@ -390,24 +390,24 @@ hosts: files dns wins

      3. - + Create and map Windows Domain Groups to UNIX groups. A sample script is provided in ???. Create a file containing this script. You called yours /etc/samba/initGrps.sh. Set this file so it can be executed and then execute the script. An example of the execution of this script as well as its validation are shown in Chapter 4, Section 4.3.2, Step 5.

      4. - - - + + + For each user who needs to be given a Windows Domain account, make an entry in the /etc/passwd file, as well as in the Samba password backend. Use the system tool of your choice to create the UNIX system account and use the Samba smbpasswd to create a Domain user account.

        - - - + + + There are a number of tools for user management under UNIX. Commonly known ones include: useradd, adduser. In addition to these, there is a plethora of custom tools. With the tool of your choice, create a home directory for each user. @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ file is /data. Format the file system as required and mount the formatted file system partition using appropriate system tools.

      5. - + Create the top-level file storage directories for data and applications as follows:

         root#  mkdir -p /data/{accounts,finsvcs,pidata}
        @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@
         			??? until after the operation of the server has been
         			validated following the same methods as outlined in ???.
         			

      Configuration Specific to Domain Member Servers: BLDG1, BLDG2

      1. - + The final step that must be completed is to edit the /etc/nsswitch.conf file. This file controls the operation of the various resolver libraries that are part of the Linux Glibc libraries. Edit this file so that it contains the following entries: @@ -510,13 +510,13 @@

      2. Follow the steps outlined in ??? to start all services. Do not start Samba at this time. Samba is controlled by the process called smb. -

      3. +

      4. At this time, you must now attempt to join the Domain Member servers to the Domain. The following instructions should be executed to effect this:

         root#  net rpc join 
         

        -

      5. +

      6. You now start the Samba services by executing:

         root#  service smb start
        @@ -525,183 +525,183 @@
                                 Your server is ready for validation testing. Do not proceed with the steps in
                                 ??? until after the operation of the server has been
                                 validated following the same methods as outlined in ???.
        -                        

    Example 5.1. Server: MASSIVE (PDC), File: /etc/samba/smb.conf

    # Global parameters
    [global]
    +

    Example 5.1. Server: MASSIVE (PDC), File: /etc/samba/smb.conf

    # Global parameters
    - workgroup = MEGANET
    + workgroup = MEGANET
    - netbios name = MASSIVE
    + netbios name = MASSIVE
    - interfaces = eth1, lo
    + interfaces = eth1, lo
    - bind interfaces only = Yes
    + bind interfaces only = Yes
    - passdb backend = tdbsam
    + passdb backend = tdbsam
    - add user script = /usr/sbin/useradd -m '%u'
    + add user script = /usr/sbin/useradd -m '%u'
    - delete user script = /usr/sbin/userdel -r '%u'
    + delete user script = /usr/sbin/userdel -r '%u'
    - add group script = /usr/sbin/groupadd '%g'
    + add group script = /usr/sbin/groupadd '%g'
    - delete group script = /usr/sbin/groupdel '%g'
    + delete group script = /usr/sbin/groupdel '%g'
    - add user to group script = /usr/sbin/usermod -G '%g' '%u'
    + add user to group script = /usr/sbin/usermod -G '%g' '%u'
    - add machine script = /usr/sbin/useradd -s /bin/false -d /dev/null '%u'
    + add machine script = /usr/sbin/
    useradd -s /bin/false -d /var/lib/nobody '%u'
    - preferred master = Yes
    + preferred master = Yes
    - wins support = Yes
    + wins support = Yes
    - include = /etc/samba/dc-common.conf
    [IPC$]
    + include = /etc/samba/dc-common.conf
    - path = /tmp
    + path = /tmp
    - hosts allow = 172.16.0.0/16, 127.0.0.1
    + hosts allow = 172.16.0.0/16, 127.0.0.1
    - hosts deny = 0.0.0.0/0
    [accounts]
    + hosts deny = 0.0.0.0/0
    - comment = Accounting Files
    + comment = Accounting Files
    - path = /data/accounts
    + path = /data/accounts
    - read only = No
    [service]
    + read only = No
    - comment = Financial Services Files
    + comment = Financial Services Files
    - path = /data/service
    + path = /data/service
    - read only = No
    [pidata]
    + read only = No
    - comment = Property Insurance Files
    + comment = Property Insurance Files
    - path = /data/pidata
    + path = /data/pidata
    - read only = No

    Example 5.2. Server: MASSIVE (PDC), File: /etc/samba/dc-common.conf

    # Global parameters
    [global]
    + read only = No

    Example 5.2. Server: MASSIVE (PDC), File: /etc/samba/dc-common.conf

    # Global parameters
    - shutdown script = /var/lib/samba/scripts/shutdown.sh
    + shutdown script = /var/lib/samba/scripts/shutdown.sh
    - abort shutdown script = /sbin/shutdown -c
    + abort shutdown script = /sbin/shutdown -c
    - logon script = scripts\logon.bat
    + logon script = scripts\logon.bat
    - logon path = \%L\profiles\%U
    + logon path = \%L\profiles\%U
    - logon drive = X:
    + logon drive = X:
    - logon home = \%L\%U
    + logon home = \%L\%U
    - domain logons = Yes
    + domain logons = Yes
    - preferred master = Yes
    + preferred master = Yes
    - include = /etc/samba/common.conf
    [homes]
    + include = /etc/samba/common.conf
    - comment = Home Directories
    + comment = Home Directories
    - valid users = %S
    + valid users = %S
    - read only = No
    + read only = No
    - browseable = No
    [netlogon]
    + browseable = No
    - comment = Network Logon Service
    + comment = Network Logon Service
    - path = /var/lib/samba/netlogon
    + path = /var/lib/samba/netlogon
    - guest ok = Yes
    + guest ok = Yes
    - locking = No
    [profiles]
    + locking = No
    - comment = Profile Share
    + comment = Profile Share
    - path = /var/lib/samba/profiles
    + path = /var/lib/samba/profiles
    - read only = No
    + read only = No
    - profile acls = Yes

    Example 5.3. Common Samba Configuration File: /etc/samba/common.conf

    [global]
    + profile acls = Yes

    Example 5.3. Common Samba Configuration File: /etc/samba/common.conf

    - username map = /etc/samba/smbusers
    + username map = /etc/samba/smbusers
    - log level = 1
    + log level = 1
    - syslog = 0
    + syslog = 0
    - log file = /var/log/samba/%m
    + log file = /var/log/samba/%m
    - max log size = 50
    + max log size = 50
    - smb ports = 139 445
    + smb ports = 139 445
    - name resolve order = wins bcast hosts
    + name resolve order = wins bcast hosts
    - time server = Yes
    + time server = Yes
    - printcap name = CUPS
    + printcap name = CUPS
    - show add printer wizard = No
    + show add printer wizard = No
    - shutdown script = /var/lib/samba/scripts/shutdown.sh
    + shutdown script = /var/lib/samba/scripts/shutdown.sh
    - abort shutdown script = /sbin/shutdown -c
    + abort shutdown script = /sbin/shutdown -c
    - utmp = Yes
    + utmp = Yes
    - map acl inherit = Yes
    + map acl inherit = Yes
    - printing = cups
    + printing = cups
    - veto files = /*.eml/*.nws/*.{*}/
    + veto files = /*.eml/*.nws/*.{*}/
    - veto oplock files = /*.doc/*.xls/*.mdb/
    + veto oplock files = /*.doc/*.xls/*.mdb/
    - include =
    # Share and Service Definitions are common to all servers
    [printers]
    + include =
    # Share and Service Definitions are common to all servers
    - comment = SMB Print Spool
    + comment = SMB Print Spool
    - path = /var/spool/samba
    + path = /var/spool/samba
    - guest ok = Yes
    + guest ok = Yes
    - printable = Yes
    + printable = Yes
    - use client driver = Yes
    + use client driver = Yes
    - default devmode = Yes
    + default devmode = Yes
    - browseable = No
    [apps]
    + browseable = No
    - comment = Application Files
    + comment = Application Files
    - path = /apps
    + path = /apps
    - admin users = bjordan
    + admin users = bjordan
    - read only = No

    Example 5.4. Server: BLDG1 (Member), File: smb.conf

    # Global parameters
    [global]
    + read only = No

    Example 5.4. Server: BLDG1 (Member), File: smb.conf

    # Global parameters
    - workgroup = MEGANET
    + workgroup = MEGANET
    - netbios name = BLDG1
    + netbios name = BLDG1
    - include = /etc/samba/dom-mem.conf

    Example 5.5. Server: BLDG2 (Member), File: smb.conf

    # Global parameters
    [global]
    + include = /etc/samba/dom-mem.conf

    Example 5.5. Server: BLDG2 (Member), File: smb.conf

    # Global parameters
    - workgroup = MEGANET
    + workgroup = MEGANET
    - netbios name = BLDG2
    + netbios name = BLDG2
    - include = /etc/samba/dom-mem.conf

    Example 5.6. Common Domain Member Include File: dom-mem.conf

    # Global parameters
    [global]
    + include = /etc/samba/dom-mem.conf

    Example 5.6. Common Domain Member Include File: dom-mem.conf

    # Global parameters
    - shutdown script = /var/lib/samba/scripts/shutdown.sh
    + shutdown script = /var/lib/samba/scripts/shutdown.sh
    - abort shutdown script = /sbin/shutdown -c
    + abort shutdown script = /sbin/shutdown -c
    - preferred master = Yes
    + preferred master = Yes
    - wins server = 172.16.0.1
    + wins server = 172.16.0.1
    - idmap uid = 15000-20000
    + idmap uid = 15000-20000
    - idmap gid = 15000-20000
    + idmap gid = 15000-20000
    include = /etc/samba/common.conf

    Example 5.7. Server: MASSIVE, File: dhcpd.conf

     # Abmas Accounting Inc. - Chapter 5/MASSIVE
    @@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@
     net groupmap add ntgroup="Financial Services"  unixgroup=finsrvcs type=d
     net groupmap add ntgroup="Insurance Group"     unixgroup=piops type=d
     

    Process Startup Configuration

    - + There are two essential steps to process startup configuration. A process must be configured so that it is automatically restarted each time the server is rebooted. This step involves use of the chkconfig tool that @@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ directories. Links are created so that when the system run-level is changed, the necessary start or kill script is run.

    - + In the event that a service is provided not as a daemon but via the inter-networking super daemon (inetd or xinetd), then the chkconfig tool makes the necessary entries in the /etc/xinetd.d directory @@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@

    1. Use the standard system tool to configure each service to restart automatically at every system reboot. For example: - +

       root#  chkconfig dhpc on
       root#  chkconfig named on
      @@ -1082,9 +1082,9 @@
       root#  chkconfig swat on
       

    2. - - - + + + Now start each service to permit the system to be validated. Execute each of the following in the sequence shown: @@ -1101,8 +1101,8 @@

      1. Install MS Windows XP Professional. During installation, configure the client to use DHCP for TCP/IP protocol configuration. - - + + DHCP configures all Windows clients to use the WINS Server address that has been defined for the local subnet.

      2. @@ -1190,7 +1190,7 @@ user, of course.

      3. Instruct all users to log onto the workstation using their assigned user name and password. -

    Key Points Learned

    +

    Key Points Learned

    The network you have just deployed has been a valuable exercise in forced constraint. You have deployed a network that works well, although you may soon start to see performance problems, at which time the modifications demonstrated in the following @@ -1206,33 +1206,33 @@ to resources on the Domain Member servers

  • The introduction of roaming profiles -

  • Questions and Answers

    -

    Questions and Answers

    +

    The example smb.conf files in this chapter make use of the include facility. How may I get to see what the actual working smb.conf settings are? -
    +
    Why does the include file common.conf have an empty include statement? -
    +
    I accept that the simplest configuration necessary to do the job is the best. The use of tdbsam passdb backend is much simpler than having to manage an LDAP-based ldapsam passdb backend. I tried using rsync to replicate the passdb.tdb, and it seems to work fine! So what is the problem? -
    +
    You are using DHCP Relay enabled on the routers as well as a local DHCP server. Will this cause a clash? -
    +
    How does the Windows client find the PDC? -
    +
    Why did you enable IP forwarding (routing) only on the server called MASSIVE? -
    +
    You did nothing special to implement roaming profiles. Why? -
    +
    On the Domain Member computers, you configured winbind in the /etc/nsswitch.conf file. You did not configure any PAM settings. Is this an omission? -
    +
    You are starting SWAT up on this example but have not discussed that anywhere. Why did you do this? -
    +
    The Domain Controller has an auto-shutdown script. Isn't that dangerous? -

    +

    The example smb.conf files in this chapter make use of the include facility. How may I get to see what the actual working smb.conf settings are?

    @@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@

     root#  testparm -s | less
     

    -

    +

    Why does the include file common.conf have an empty include statement?

    The use of the empty include statement nullifies further includes. For example, let's say you @@ -1253,7 +1253,7 @@ If the include parameter was not in the common.conf file, the final smb.conf file leaves the include in place, even though the file it points to has already been included. This is a bug that will be fixed at a future date. -

    +

    I accept that the simplest configuration necessary to do the job is the best. The use of tdbsam passdb backend is much simpler than having to manage an LDAP-based ldapsam passdb backend. I tried using rsync to replicate the passdb.tdb, and it seems to work fine! @@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@ contents between the PDC and BDCs. The most notable symptom is that workstations may not be able to log onto the network following a reboot and may have to re-join the Domain to recover network access capability. -

    +

    You are using DHCP Relay enabled on the routers as well as a local DHCP server. Will this cause a clash?

    No. It is possible to have as many DHCP servers on a network segment as makes sense. A DHCP server @@ -1272,26 +1272,26 @@

    The only exception to this rule is when the client makes a directed request from a specific DHCP server for renewal of the lease it has. This means that under normal circumstances there is no risk of a clash. -

    +

    How does the Windows client find the PDC?

    The Windows client obtains the WINS server address from the DHCP lease information. It also obtains from the DHCP lease information the parameter that causes it to use directed UDP (UDP Unicast) to register itself with the WINS server and to obtain enumeration of vital network information to enable it to operate successfully. -

    +

    Why did you enable IP forwarding (routing) only on the server called MASSIVE?

    The server called MASSIVE is acting as a router to the Internet. No other server (BLDG1 or BLDG2) has any need for IP forwarding since they are attached only to their own network. Route table entries are needed to direct MASSIVE to send all traffic intended for the remote network segments to the router that is its gateway to them. -

    +

    You did nothing special to implement roaming profiles. Why?

    Unless configured to do otherwise, the default behavior with Samba-3 and Windows XP Professional clients is to use roaming profiles. -

    +

    On the Domain Member computers, you configured winbind in the /etc/nsswitch.conf file. You did not configure any PAM settings. Is this an omission?

    @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ Member servers using Windows networking user names and passwords, it is necessary to configure PAM to enable the use of winbind. Samba makes use only of the identity resolution facilities of the name service switcher (NSS). -

    +

    You are starting SWAT up on this example but have not discussed that anywhere. Why did you do this?

    Oh, I did not think you would notice that. It is there so that it can be used. This is more fully discussed @@ -1309,8 +1309,8 @@ of smb.conf include files because SWAT optimizes them out into an aggregated file but leaves in place a broken reference to the top layer include file. SWAT was not designed to handle this functionality gracefully. -

    +

    The Domain Controller has an auto-shutdown script. Isn't that dangerous?

    Well done, you spotted that! I guess it is dangerous. It is good to know that you can do this, though. -

    +

    diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Guide/DomApps.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Guide/DomApps.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Guide/DomApps.html 2005-02-03 21:54:50.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Guide/DomApps.html 2005-03-17 15:18:03.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Chapter 11. Integrating Additional Services

    Chapter 11. Integrating Additional Services

    +Chapter 12. Integrating Additional Services

    Chapter 12. Integrating Additional Services

    You've come a long way now. You have pretty much mastered Samba-3 for most uses it can be put to. Up until now, you have cast Samba-3 in the leading role and where authentication was required, you have used one or another of @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ implementing Samba and Samba-supported services in a domain controlled by the latest Windows authentication technologies. Let's get started this is leading edge. -

    Introduction

    +

    Introduction

    Abmas has continued its miraculous growth; indeed, nothing seems to be able to stop its diversification into multiple (and seemingly unrelated) fields. Its latest acquisition is Abmas Snack Foods, a big player in the snack-food @@ -25,13 +25,13 @@ You have decided to set the ball rolling by introducing Samba-3 into the network gradually, taking over key services and easing the way to a full migration and, therefore, integration into Abmas's existing business later. -

    Assignment Tasks

    +

    Assignment Tasks

    You've promised the skeptical Abmas Snack Foods management team that you can show them how Samba can ease itself and other Open Source technologies into their existing infrastructure and deliver sound business advantages. Cost cutting is high on their agenda (a major promise of the acquisition). You have chosen Web proxying and caching as your proving ground. -

    +

    Abmas Snack Foods has several thousand users housed at their Head Office and multiple regional offices, plants, and warehouses. A high proportion of the business's work is done online, so Internet access for most of these @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ team. The bandwidth requirements were horrific (comparable to a small ISP), and the team soon discovered proxying and caching. In fact, they became one of the earliest commercial users of Microsoft ISA. -

    +

    The team is not happy with ISA. Because it never lived up to its marketing promises, it under-performed and had reliability problems. You have pounced on the opportunity to show what Open Source can do. The one thing they do like, however, is ISA's @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@

    This is a hands-on exercise. You build software applications so that you obtain the functionality Abmas needs. -

    Dissection and Discussion

    +

    Dissection and Discussion

    The key requirements in this business example are straightforward. You are not required to do anything new, just to replicate an existing system, not lose any existing features, and improve performance. The key points are: @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Distributed system to accommodate load and geographical distribution of users

  • Seamless and transparent interoperability with the existing Active Directory domain -

  • Technical Issues

    +

    Technical Issues

    Functionally, the user's Internet Explorer requests a browsing session with the Squid proxy, for which it offers its AD authentication token. Squid hands off the authentication request to the Samba-3 authentication helper application @@ -82,21 +82,21 @@ Configuring, compiling, and then installing the supporting Samba-3 components

  • Tying it all together -

  • Political Issues

    +

    Political Issues

    You are a stranger in a strange land and all eyes are upon you. Some would even like to see you fail. For you to gain the trust of your newly acquired IT people, it is essential that your solution does everything the old one did, but does it better in every way. Only then will the entrenched positions consider taking up your new way of doing things on a wider scale. -

    Implementation

    +

    Implementation

    First, your system needs to be prepared and in a known good state to proceed. This consists of making sure that everything the system depends on is present and that everything that could interfere or conflict with the system is removed. You will be configuring the Squid and Samba-3 packages and updating them if necessary. If conflicting packages of these programs are installed, they must be removed. -

    +

    The following packages should be available on your Red Hat Linux system: -

    • +

      • krb5-libs

      • krb5-devel @@ -106,13 +106,13 @@ krb5-server

      • pam_krb5 -

      +

    In the case of SUSE Linux, these packages are called:

    • heimdal-lib

    • heimdal-devel -

    • +

    • heimdal

    • pam_krb5 @@ -120,18 +120,18 @@ If the required packages are not present on your system, you must install them from the vendor's installation media. Follow the administrative guide for your Linux system to ensure that the packages are correctly updated. -

      Note

      +

      Note

      If the requirement is for interoperation with MS Windows Server 2003, it will be necessary to ensure that you are using MIT Kerberos version 1.3.1 or later. Red Hat Linux 9 ships with MIT Kerberos 1.2.7 and thus requires updating. -

      +

      Heimdal 0.6 or later is required in the case of SUSE Linux. SUSE Enterprise Linux Server 8 ships with Heimdal 0.4. SUSE 9 ships with the necessary version. -

      Removal of Pre-existing Conflicting RPMs

      +

      Removal of Pre-existing Conflicting RPMs

      If Samba and/or Squid rpms are installed, they should be updated. You can build both from source. -

      +

      Locating the packages to be uninstalled can be achieved by running:

       root#  rpm -qa | grep -i samba
      @@ -141,14 +141,14 @@
       

       root#  rpm -e samba-common
       

      -

      Kerberos Configuration

      +

      Kerberos Configuration

      The systems Kerberos installation must be configured to communicate with your primary Active Directory server (ADS KDC).

      Strictly speaking, MIT Kerberos version 1.3.1 currently gives the best results, although the current default Red Hat MIT version 1.2.7 gives acceptable results unless you are using Windows 2003 servers. -

      +

      Officially, neither MIT (1.3.1) nor Heimdal (0.6) Kerberos needs an /etc/krb5.conf file in order to work correctly. All ADS domains automatically create SRV records in the DNS zone Kerberos.REALM.NAME for each KDC in the realm. Since both @@ -156,11 +156,11 @@ automatically find the KDCs. In addition, krb5.conf only allows specifying a single KDC, even there if there is more than one. Using the DNS lookup allows the KRB5 libraries to use whichever KDCs are available. -

      1. +

        1. If you find the need to manually configure the krb5.conf, you should edit it - to have the contents shown in ???. The final fully qualified path for this file + to have the contents shown in ???. The final fully qualified path for this file should be /etc/krb5.conf. -

        2. +

        3. The following gotchas often catch people out. Kerberos is case sensitive. Your realm must be in UPPERCASE, or you will get an error: “Cannot find KDC for requested realm while getting initial credentials”. Kerberos is picky about time synchronization. The time @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ /etc/hosts entry mapping the IP address of your KDC to its NetBIOS name. If Kerberos cannot do this reverse lookup, you will get a local error when you try to join the realm. -

        4. +

        5. You are now ready to test your installation by issuing the command:

           root#  kinit [USERNAME@REALM]
          @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
           Password for ADMINISTRATOR@LONDON.ABMAS.BIZ: 
           

          Make sure that your password is accepted by the Active Directory KDC. -

        Example 11.1. Kerberos Configuration File: /etc/krb5.conf

        +		

      Example 12.1. Kerberos Configuration File: /etc/krb5.conf

       [libdefaults]
       	default_realm = LONDON.ABMAS.BIZ
       
      @@ -195,21 +195,21 @@
       	LONDON.ABMAS.BIZ = {
       	kdc = w2k3s.london.abmas.biz
       	}
      -

      +

      The command:

       root#  klist -e 
       

      shows the Kerberos tickets cached by the system: -

      Samba Configuration

      +

      Samba Configuration

      Samba must be configured to correctly use Active Directory. Samba-3 must be used, as this has the necessary components to interface with Active Directory. -

      1. +

        1. Download the latest stable Samba-3 for Red Hat Linux from the official Samba Team FTP site. The official Samba Team RPMs for Red Hat Fedora Linux contain the ntlm_auth tool needed, and are linked against MIT KRB5 version 1.3.1 and, therefore, are ready for use. -

          +

          The necessary, validated RPM packages for SUSE Linux may be obtained from the SerNet FTP site that is located in Germany. All SerNet RPMs are validated, have the necessary @@ -217,8 +217,8 @@ against suitably patched Heimdal 0.6 libraries.

        2. Using your favorite editor, change the /etc/samba/smb.conf - file so it has contents similar to the example shown in ???. -

        3. + file so it has contents similar to the example shown in ???. +

        4. Next you need to create a computer account in the Active Directory. This sets up the trust relationship needed for other clients to authenticate to the Samba server with an Active Directory Kerberos ticket. @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@

           root#  net ads join -U administrator%vulcon
           

          -

        5. +

        6. Your new Samba binaries must be started in the standard manner as is applicable to the platform you are running on. Alternately, start your Active Directory enabled Samba with the following commands: @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ root# nmbd -D root# winbindd -B

          -

        7. +

        8. We now need to test that Samba is communicating with the Active Directory domain; most specifically, we want to see whether winbind is enumerating users and groups. Issue the following commands: @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ LONDON+DnsUpdateProxy

          This enumerates all the groups in your Active Directory tree. -

        9. +

        10. Squid uses the ntlm_auth helper build with Samba-3. You may test ntlm_auth with the command:

          @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@
           

           root#  NT_STATUS_OK: Success (0x0)
           

          -

        11. +

        12. The ntlm_auth helper, when run from a command line as the user “root”, authenticates against your Active Directory domain (with the aid of winbind). It manages this by reading from the winbind privileged pipe. @@ -297,61 +297,61 @@ root# chgrp squid /var/lib/samba/winbindd_privileged root# chmod 750 /var/lib/samba/winbindd_privileged

          -

      NSS Configuration

      +

    NSS Configuration

    For Squid to benefit from Samba-3, NSS must be updated to allow winbind as a valid route to user authentication.

    • Edit your /etc/nsswitch.conf file so it has the parameters shown - in ???. -

    Example 11.2. Samba Configuration File: /etc/samba/smb.conf

    [global]
    + in ???. +

    Example 12.2. Samba Configuration File: /etc/samba/smb.conf

    - workgroup = LONDON
    + workgroup = LONDON
    - netbios name = W2K3S
    + netbios name = W2K3S
    - realm = LONDON.ABMAS.BIZ
    + realm = LONDON.ABMAS.BIZ
    - security = ads
    + security = ads
    - encrypt passwords = yes
    + encrypt passwords = yes
    - password server = w2k3s.london.abmas.biz
    # separate domain and username with '/', like DOMAIN/username
    + password server = w2k3s.london.abmas.biz
    # separate domain and username with '/', like DOMAIN/username
    - winbind separator = /
    # use UIDs from 10000 to 20000 for domain users
    + winbind separator = /
    # use UIDs from 10000 to 20000 for domain users
    - idmap uid = 10000-20000
    + idmap uid = 10000-20000
    - idmap gid = 10000-20000
    # allow enumeration of winbind users and groups
    + idmap gid = 10000-20000
    # allow enumeration of winbind users and groups
    - winbind enum users = yes
    + winbind enum users = yes
    - winbind enum groups = yes
    + winbind enum groups = yes
    - winbind user default domain = yes

    Example 11.3. NSS Configuration File Extract File: /etc/nsswitch.conf

    +				winbind user default domain = yes

    Example 12.3. NSS Configuration File Extract File: /etc/nsswitch.conf

     passwd: files winbind
     shadow: files
     group: files winbind
    -

    Squid Configuration

    +

    Squid Configuration

    Squid must be configured correctly to interact with the Samba-3 components that handle Active Directory authentication. -

    Configuration

    1. +

    Configuration

    1. If your Linux distribution is SUSE Linux 9, the version of Squid supplied is already enabled to use the winbind helper agent. You can, therefore, omit the steps that would build the Squid binary programs. -

    2. +

    3. Squid, by default, runs as the user nobody. You need to add a system user squid and a system group squid if they are not set up already (if the default Red Hat squid rpms were installed, they will be). Set up a squid user in /etc/passwd and a squid group in /etc/group if these aren't there already. -

    4. +

    5. You now need to change the permissions on Squid's var directory. Enter the following command:

       root#  chown -R squid /var/cache/squid
       

      -

    6. +

    7. Squid must also have control over its logging. Enter the following commands:

       root#  chown -R chown squid:squid /var/log/squid
      @@ -364,10 +364,10 @@
       root#  chown -R chown squid:squid /var/cache/squid
       root#  chmod 770 /var/cache/squid
       

      -

    8. +

    9. The /etc/squid/squid.conf file must be edited to include the lines from - ??? and ???. -

    10. + ??? and ???. +

    11. You must create Squid's cache directories before it may be run. Enter the following command:

       root#  squid -z
      @@ -378,10 +378,10 @@
       

       root#  squid
       

      -

    Example 11.4. Squid Configuration File Extract /etc/squid.conf [ADMINISTRATIVE PARAMETERS Section]

    +		

    Example 12.4. Squid Configuration File Extract /etc/squid.conf [ADMINISTRATIVE PARAMETERS Section]

     	cache_effective_user squid
     	cache_effective_group squid
    -

    Example 11.5. Squid Configuration File extract File: /etc/squid.conf [AUTHENTICATION PARAMETERS Section]

    +

    Example 12.5. Squid Configuration File extract File: /etc/squid.conf [AUTHENTICATION PARAMETERS Section]

     	auth_param ntlm program /usr/bin/ntlm_auth \
                                     --helper-protocol=squid-2.5-ntlmssp
     	auth_param ntlm children 5
    @@ -394,14 +394,14 @@
     	auth_param basic credentialsttl 2 hours
     	acl AuthorizedUsers proxy_auth REQUIRED
     	http_access allow all AuthorizedUsers
    -

    Key Points Learned

    +

    Key Points Learned

    Microsoft Windows networking protocols permeate the spectrum of technologies that Microsoft Windows clients use, even when accessing traditional services such as Web browsers. Depending on whom you discuss this with, this is either good or bad. No matter how you might evaluate this, the use of NTLMSSP as the authentication protocol for Web proxy access has some advantages over the cookie-based authentication regime used by all competing browsers. It is Samba's implementation of NTLMSSP that makes it attractive to implement the solution that has been demonstrated in this chapter. -

    Questions and Answers

    +

    Questions and Answers

    The development of the ntlm_auth module was first discussed in many Open Source circles in 2002. At the SambaXP conference in Goettingen, Germany, Mr. Francesco Chemolli demonstrated the use of ntlm_auth during one of the late developer meetings that took place. Since that time, the @@ -420,44 +420,44 @@ You would be well advised to recognize the fact that all cache-intensive proxying solutions demand a lot of memory. Make certain that your Squid proxy server is equipped with sufficient memory to permit all proxy operations to run out of memory without invoking the overheads involved in the use of memory that has to be swapped to disk. -

    +

    What does Samba have to do with Web proxy serving? -
    +
    What other services does Samba provide? -
    +
    Does use of Samba (ntlm_auth) improve the performance of Squid? -

    +

    What does Samba have to do with Web proxy serving? -

    +

    To provide transparent interoperability between Windows clients and the network services that are used from them, Samba has had to develop tools and facilities that deliver that. The benefit of Open Source software is that it can readily be reused. The current ntlm_auth module is basically a wrapper around authentication code from the core of the Samba project. -

    +

    The ntlm_auth module supports basic plain-text authentication and NTLMSSP protocols. This module makes it possible for Web and FTP proxy requests to be authenticated without the user being interrupted via his/her Windows logon credentials. This facility is available with MS Windows explorer and is one of the key benefits claimed for Microsoft Internet Information Server. There are a few open source initiatives to provide support for these protocols in the Apache Web server also. -

    +

    The short answer is that by adding a wrapper around key authentication components of Samba, other projects (like Squid) can benefit from the labors expended in meeting user interoperability needs. -

    +

    What other services does Samba provide? -

    +

    Samba-3 is a file and print server. The core components that provide this functionality are smbd, nmbd, and the Identity resolver daemon, winbindd. -

    +

    Samba-3 is an SMB/CIFS client. The core component that provides this is called smbclient. -

    +

    Samba-3 includes a number of helper tools, plug-in modules, utilities, and test/validation facilities. Samba-3 includes glue modules that help provide interoperability between MS Windows clients and UNIX/Linux servers and client. It includes Winbind agents that make it possible to authenticate UNIX/Linux access attempts as well as logins to an SMB/CIFS authentication server backend. Samba-3 includes name service switcher modules to permit Identity resolution via SMB/CIFS servers (Windows NT4/200x, Samba, and a host of other commercial server products). -

    +

    Does use of Samba (ntlm_auth) improve the performance of Squid?

    Not really. Samba's ntlm_auth module handles only authentication. It requires that @@ -465,4 +465,4 @@ little more overhead. Compared with the benefit obtained, that overhead is well worth enduring. Since Squid is a proxy server, and proxy servers tend to require lots of memory, it is good advice to provide sufficient memory when using Squid. Just add a little more to accommodate ntlm_auth. -

    +

    diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Guide/go01.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Guide/go01.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Guide/go01.html 2005-02-03 21:54:53.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Guide/go01.html 2005-03-17 15:18:05.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Glossary

    Glossary

    Access Control List

    +Glossary

    Glossary

    Access Control List

    A detailed list of permissions granted to users or groups with respect to file and network resource access.

    Active Directory Service

    diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Guide/HA.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Guide/HA.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Guide/HA.html 2005-02-03 21:54:50.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Guide/HA.html 2005-03-17 15:18:04.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Chapter 12. Performance, Reliability, and Availability

    Chapter 12. Performance, Reliability, and Availability

    +Chapter 13. Performance, Reliability, and Availability

    Chapter 13. Performance, Reliability, and Availability

    Well, you have reached the chapter before the Appendix. It is customary to attempt to wrap up the theme and contents of a book in what is generally regarded as the chapter that should draw conclusions. This book is a suspense thriller and since @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ regarding some of the things everyone can do to deliver a reliable Samba-3 network.

     

    In a world so full of noise, how can the sparrow be heard? -

     
     --Anonymous

    Introduction

    +

     
     --Anonymous

    Introduction

    The sparrow is a small bird whose sounds are drowned out by the noise of the busy world it lives in. Likewise, the simple steps that can be taken to improve the reliability and availability of a Samba network are often drowned out by the volume @@ -15,17 +15,17 @@ suggest that clustering is not important, because clearly it is. This chapter does not devote itself to discussion of clustering because each clustering methodology uses its own custom tools and methods. Only passing comments are offered concerning these methods. -

    +

    A search for “samba cluster” produced 71,600 hits. And a search for “highly available samba” and “highly available windows” produced an amazing number of references. It is clear from the resources on the Internet that Windows file and print services availability, reliability, and scalability are of vital interest to corporate network users. -

    +

    So without further background, you can review a checklist of simple steps that can be taken to ensure acceptable network performance while keeping costs of ownership well under control. -

    Dissection and Discussion

    +

    Dissection and Discussion

    If it is your purpose to get the best mileage out of your Samba servers, there is one rule that must be obeyed. If you want the best, keep your implementation as simple as possible. You may well be forced to introduce some complexities, but you should do so only as a last resort. @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Simple solutions are likely to be easier to get right than are complex ones. They certainly make life easier for your successor. Simple implementations can be more readily audited than can complex ones. -

    +

    Problems reported by users fall into three categories: configurations that do not work, those that have broken behavior, and poor performance. The term broken behavior means that the function of a partciluar Samba component appears to work sometimes, but not at @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ broken behavior known to many Windows networking users occurs when the list of Windows machines in MS Explorer changes, sometimes listing machines that are running and at other times not listing them even though the machines are in use on the network. -

    +

    A significant number of reports concern problems with the smbfs file system driver that is part of the Linux kernel, not part of Samba. Users continue to interpret that smbfs is part of Samba, simply because Samba includes the front-end tools @@ -50,24 +50,24 @@ facilities to core drivers that are supplied as part of the Linux kernel. These tools share a common infrastructure with some Samba components, but they are not maintained as part of Samba and are really foreign to it. -

    +

    The new project, cifsfs, is destined to replace smbfs. It, too, is not part of Samba, even though one of the Samba Team members is a prime mover in this project.

    The following table lists typical causes of: -

    • Not Working (NW)

    • Broken Behavior (BB)

    • Poor Performance (PP)

    Table 12.1. Effect of Common Problems

    Problem

    NW

    BB

    PP

    File Locking

    -

    X

    -

    Hardware Problems

    X

    X

    X

    Incorrect Authentication

    X

    X

    -

    Incorrect Configuration

    X

    X

    X

    LDAP Problems

    X

    X

    -

    Name Resolution

    X

    X

    X

    Printing Problems

    X

    X

    -

    Slow File Transfer

    -

    -

    X

    Winbind Problems

    X

    X

    -

    +

    • Not Working (NW)

    • Broken Behavior (BB)

    • Poor Performance (PP)

    Table 13.1. Effect of Common Problems

    Problem

    NW

    BB

    PP

    File Locking

    -

    X

    -

    Hardware Problems

    X

    X

    X

    Incorrect Authentication

    X

    X

    -

    Incorrect Configuration

    X

    X

    X

    LDAP Problems

    X

    X

    -

    Name Resolution

    X

    X

    X

    Printing Problems

    X

    X

    -

    Slow File Transfer

    -

    -

    X

    Winbind Problems

    X

    X

    -

    It is obvious to all that the first requirement (as a matter of network hygiene) is to eliminate problems that affect basic network operation. This book has provided sufficient working examples to help you to avoid all these problems. -

    Guidelines for Reliable Samba Operation

    +

    Guidelines for Reliable Samba Operation

    Your objective is to provide a network that works correctly, can grow at all times, is resilient at times of extreme demand, and can scale to meet future needs. The following subject areas provide pointers that can help you today. -

    Name Resolution

    +

    Name Resolution

    There are three basic current problem areas: bad hostnames, routed networks, and network collisions. These are covered in the discussion below. -

    Bad Hostnames

    +

    Bad Hostnames

    When configured as a DHCP client, a number of Linux distributions set the system hostname to localhost. If the parameter netbios name is not specified to something other than localhost, the Samba server appears @@ -78,11 +78,11 @@ set up a NetBIOS over TCP/IP connection to it. This cannot work, because that IP address is the local Windows machine itself. Hostnames must be valid for Windows networking to function correctly. -

    +

    A few sites have tried to name Windows clients and Samba servers with a name that begins with the digits 1-9. This does not work either because it may result in the client or server attempting to use that name as an IP address. -

    +

    A Samba server called FRED, in a NetBIOS Domain called COLLISION in a network environment that is part of the fully qualified Internet domain name space known as parrots.com, results in DNS name lookups for: fred.parrots.com @@ -90,31 +90,31 @@ (workgroup) collision.parrots.com since this results in DNS lookup attempts to resolve: fred.parrots.com.parrots.com, which most likely fails given that you probably do not have this in your DNS name space. -

    Note

    +

    Note

    An Active Directory realm called collision.parrots.com is perfectly okay, although it too must be capable of being resolved via DNS, something that functions correctly if Windows 200x ADS has been properly installed and configured. -

    Routed Networks

    +

    Routed Networks

    NetBIOS networks (Windows networking with NetBIOS over TCP/IP enabled) makes extensive use of UDP-based broadcast traffic. You saw that during the exercises in Chapter 1. -

    +

    UDP broadcast traffic is not forwarded by routers. This means that NetBIOS broadcast-based networking cannot function across routed networks (i.e., multi-subnet networks) unless special provisions are made: -

    • +

      • Either install on every Windows client an LMHOSTS file (located in the directory C:\windows\system32\drivers\etc). It is also necessary to add to the Samba server smb.conf file the parameters: remote announce and remote browse sync. For more information, refer to the on-line manual page for the smb.conf file. -

      • +

      • Or configure Samba as a WINS server, and configure all network clients to use that WINS server in their TCP/IP configuration. -

      Note

      +

    Note

    The use of DNS is not an acceptable substitute for WINS. DNS does not store specific information regarding NetBIOS networking particulars that does get stored in the WINS name resolution database, and that Windows clients require and depend on. -

    Network Collisions

    +

    Network Collisions

    Excessive network activity causes NetBIOS network time-outs. Time-outs may result in blue screen of death (BSOD) experiences. High collision rates may be caused by excessive UDP broadcast activity, by defective networking hardware, or through excessive network @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@

    The use of WINS is highly recommended to reduce network broadcast traffic, as outlined in Chapter 1. -

    +

    Under no circumstances should the facility be supported by many routers, known as NetBIOS forwarding, unless you know exactly what you are doing. Inappropriate use of this facility can result in UDP broadcast storms. In one case in 1999, a university network became @@ -130,10 +130,10 @@ testing of a Samba server. The maximum throughput on a 100-Base-T (100 MBit/sec) network was less than 15 KBytes/sec. After the NetBIOS forwarding was turned off, file transfer performance immediately returned to 11 MBytes/sec. -

    Samba Configuration

    +

    Samba Configuration

    As a general rule, the contents of the smb.conf file should be kept as simple as possible. No parameter should be specified unless you know it is essential to operation. -

    +

    Many UNIX administrators like to fully document the settings in the smb.conf file. This is a bad idea because it adds content to the file. The smb.conf file is re-read by every smbd process every time the file time stamp changes (or, on systems where this does not work, every 20 seconds or so). @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ As the size of the smb.conf file grows the risk of introduction of parsing errors increases also. It is recommended to keep a fully documented smb.conf file on hand, and then to operate Samba only with an optimized file. -

    +

    The preferred way to maintain a documented file is to call it something like smb.conf.master. You can generate the optimized file by executing:

    @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@
     Server role: ROLE_DOMAIN_PDC
     Press enter to see a dump of your service definitions
     

    - + You now, of course, press the enter key to complete the command, or else abort it by pressing Ctrl-C. The important thing to note is the noted Server role, as well as warning messages. Noted configuration conflicts must be remedied before proceeding. For example, the following error message represents a @@ -176,18 +176,18 @@ ERROR: both 'wins support = true' and 'wins server = <server list>' cannot be set in the smb.conf file. nmbd will abort with this setting.

    -

    +

    There are two parameters that can cause severe network performance degradation, socket options and socket address. The socket options parameter was often necessary when Samba was used with the Linux 2.2.x kernels. Later kernels are largely self-tuning and seldom benefit from this parameter being set. Do not use either parameter unless it has been proven necessary to use them. -

    +

    Another smb.conf parameter that may cause severe network performance degradation is the strict sync parameter. Do not use this at all. There is no good reason to use this with any modern Windows client. The strict sync is often used together with the sync always parameter. This, too, can severely degrade network performance, so do not set it or if you must, do so with caution. -

    +

    Finally, many network administrators deliberately disable opportunistic locking support. While this does not degrade Samba performance, it significantly degrades Windows client performance because this disables local file caching on Windows clients and forces every file read and written to @@ -195,19 +195,19 @@ support, do so on the share on which it is required only. That way, all other shares can provide oplock support for operations that are tolerant of it. See ??? for more information. -

    Use and Location of BDCs

    +

    Use and Location of BDCs

    On a network segment where there is a PDC and a BDC, the BDC carries the bulk of the network logon processing. If the BDC is a heavily loaded server, the PDC carries a greater proportion of authentication and logon processing. When a sole BDC on a routed network segment gets heavily loaded, it is possible that network logon requests and authentication requests may be directed to a BDC on a distant network segment. This significantly hinders wide-area network operations and is undesirable. -

    +

    As a general guide, instead of adding Domain Member servers to a network, you would be better advised to add BDCs until there are fewer than 30 Windows clients per BDC. Beyond that ratio, you should add Domain Member servers. This practice ensures that there is always sufficient Domain Controllers to handle logon requests and authentication traffic. -

    Use One Consistent Version of MS Windows Client

    +

    Use One Consistent Version of MS Windows Client

    Every network client has its own peculiarities. From a management perspective, it is easier to deal with one version of MS Windows that is maintained to a consistent update level, than it is to deal with a mixture of clients. @@ -215,37 +215,37 @@ On a number of occasions, particular Microsoft service pack updates of a Windows server or client have necessitated special handling from the Samba server end. If you want to remain sane, keep you client workstation configurations consistent. -

    For Scalability, Use SAN Based Storage on Samba Servers

    +

    For Scalability, Use SAN Based Storage on Samba Servers

    Many SAN-based storage systems permit more than one server to share a common data store. Use of a shared SAN data store means that you do not need to use time- and resource-hungry data synchronization techniques. -

    +

    The use of a collection of relatively low-cost front-end Samba servers that are coupled to a shared backend SAN data store permits load distribution while containing costs below that of installing and managing a complex clustering facility. -

    Distribute Network Load with MSDFS

    +

    Distribute Network Load with MSDFS

    Microsoft DFS (distributed file system) technology has been implemented in Samba. MSDFS permits data to be accessed from a single share and yet to actually be distributed across multiple actual servers. Refer to TOSHARG, Chapter 16, for information regarding implementation of an MSDFS installation. -

    +

    The combination of multiple back end servers together with a front-end server and use of MSDFS can achieve almost the same as you would obtain with a clustered Samba server. -

    Replicate Data to Conserve Peak-Demand Wide-Area Bandwidth

    +

    Replicate Data to Conserve Peak-Demand Wide-Area Bandwidth

    Consider using rsync to replicate data across the wide-area network during times of low utilization. Users can then access the replicated data store rather than needing to do so across the wide-area network. This works best for read-only data, but with careful planning can be implemented so that modified files get replicated back to the point of origin. Be careful with your implementation if you choose to permit modification and return replication of the modified file; otherwise, you may inadvertently overwrite important data. -

    Hardware Problems

    +

    Hardware Problems

    Networking hardware prices have fallen sharply over the past five years. A surprising number of Samba networking problems over this time have been traced to defective network interface cards (NICs) or defective hubs, switches, and cables. -

    +

    Not surprising is the fact that network administrators do not like to be shown to have made a bad decision. Money saved in buying low-cost hardware may result in high costs incurred in corrective action. -

    +

    Defective NICs, hubs, and switches may appear as intermittent network access problems, intermittent or persistent data corruption, slow network throughput, low performance, or even as blue-screen-of-death (BSOD) problems with MS Windows clients. In one case, a company updated several workstations with newer, faster @@ -253,14 +253,14 @@ an older PC that was unaffected so long as the new machines were kept shut down.

    Defective hardware problems may take patience and persistence before the real cause can be discovered. -

    +

    Networking hardware defects can significantly impact perceived Samba performance, but defective RAID controllers as well as SCSI and IDE hard disk controllers have also been known to impair Samba server operations. One business came to this realization only after replacing a Samba installation with MS Windows Server 2000 running on the same hardware. The root of the problem completely eluded the network administrator until the entire server was replaced. While you may well think that this would never happen to you, experience shows that given the right (unfortunate) circumstances, this can happen to anyone. -

    Key Points Learned

    +

    Key Points Learned

    This chapter has touched in broad sweeps on a number of simple steps that can be taken to ensure that your Samba network is resilient, scalable, and reliable, and that it performs well. @@ -268,9 +268,9 @@ Always keep in mind that someone is responsible to maintain and manage your design. In the long term, that may not be you. Spare a thought for your successor and give him or her an even break. -

    +

    Last, but not least, you should not only keep the network design simple, but it should be well documented. This book may serve as your pattern for documenting every aspect of your design, its implementation, and particularly the objects and assumptions that underlie it. -

    +

    diff -u -r --new-file --exclude .svn --exclude CVS samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Guide/happy.html samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Guide/happy.html --- samba-3.0.11/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Guide/happy.html 2005-02-03 21:54:46.000000000 -0600 +++ samba-3.0.12/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Guide/happy.html 2005-03-17 15:18:00.000000000 -0600 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Chapter 6. Making Users Happy

    Chapter 6. Making Users Happy

    +Chapter 6. Making Happy Users

    Chapter 6. Making Happy Users

    It has been said, “A day that is without troubles is not fulfilling. Rather, give me a day of troubles well handled so that I can be content with my achievements.

    @@ -6,13 +6,25 @@ or experience them. The design of the network implemented in the last chapter may create problems for some network users. The following lists some of the problems that may occur: -

    Users experiencing difficulty logging onto the network

    - +

    Caution

    +Notice: A significant number of network administrators have responded to the guidance given +below. It should be noted that there are sites that have a single PDC for many hundreds of +concurrent network clients. Network bandwidth, network bandwidth utilization, and server load +are among the factors that will determine the maximum number of Windows clients that +can be served by a single domain controller (PDC or BDC) on a network segment. It is possible +to operate with only a single PDC over a routed network. What is possible is not necessarily +best practice. When Windows client network logons begin to fail with +the message that the domain controller can not be found, or that the user account can not +be found (when you know it exists), that may be an indication that the DC is overloaded or +network bandwidth is overloaded. The guidance given in respect of PDC/BDC ratio to Windows +clients is conservative and if followed will minimize problems - but it is not absolute. +

    Users experiencing difficulty logging onto the network

    + When a Windows client logs onto the network, many data packets are exchanged between the client and the server that is providing the network logon services. Each request between the client and the server must complete within a specific time limit. This is one of the primary factors that govern the installation of - + multiple domain controllers (usually called secondary or backup controllers). As a rough rule, there should be one such backup controller for every 30 to 150 clients. The actual limits are determined by network operational @@ -28,26 +40,26 @@ and a common rule is not to exceed 30 machines (Windows workstations plus Domain Member servers) per Domain Controller.

    Slow logons and log-offs

    - + Slow logons and log-offs may be caused by many factors that include: -

    • +

      • Excessive delays in the resolution of a NetBIOS name to its IP address. This may be observed when an overloaded domain controller is also the WINS server. Another cause may be the failure to use a WINS server (this assumes that there is a single network segment). -

      • +

      • Network traffic collisions due to overloading of the network segment one short-term workaround to this may be to replace network HUBs with Ether-switches. -

      • +

      • Defective networking hardware. Over the past few years, we have seen on the Samba mailing list a significant increase in the number of problems that were traced to a defective network interface controller, a defective HUB or Etherswitch, or defective cabling. In most cases, it was the erratic nature of the problem that ultimately pointed to the cause of the problem. -

      • +

      • Excessively large roaming profiles. This type of problem is typically the result of poor user eduction, as well as poor network management. It can be avoided by users not storing huge quantities of email in @@ -56,7 +68,7 @@ on the part of network management.

      - <listitem>

      + <listitem>

      You should verify that the Windows XP WebClient service is not running. The use of the WebClient service has been implicated in many Windows networking related problems. @@ -65,22 +77,22 @@

    Loss of access to network drives and printer resources

    Loss of access to network resources during client operation may be caused by a number of factors including: -

    • +

      • Network overload (typically indicated by a high network collision rate)

      • Server overload -

      • +

      • Timeout causing the client to close a connection that is in use, but has been latent (no traffic) for some time (5 minutes or more) -

      • +

      • Defective networking hardware -

      +

    No matter what the cause, a sudden operational loss of access to network resources can result in BSOD (blue screen of death) situations that necessitate rebooting of the client workstation. In the case of a mild problem, retrying to access the network drive of printer may restore operations, but in any case this is a serious problem as it may lead to the next problem, data corruption. -

    Potential data corruption

    +

    Potential data corruption

    Data corruption is one of the most serious problems. It leads to uncertainty, anger, and frustration, and generally precipitates immediate corrective demands. Management response to this type of problem may be rational, as well as highly irrational. There have been @@ -94,7 +106,48 @@ anticipate and to combat network performance issues. You can work through complex and thorny methods to improve the reliability of your network environment, but be warned that all such steps demand the price of complexity. -

    Introduction

    +

    Regarding LDAP Directories and Windows Computer Accounts

    + + Computer (machine) accounts can be placed where ever you like in an LDAP directory subject to some + constraints that are described in this section. +

    + + + + + The POSIX and SambaSAMAccount components of computer (machine) accounts are both used by Samba. + i.e.: Machine accounts are treated inside Samba in the same way that Windows NT4/200X treats + them. A user account and a machine account are indistinquishable from each other, except that + the machine account ends in a '$' character, as do trust accounts. +

    + + + The need for Windows user, group, machine, trust, etc. accounts to be tied to a valid UNIX UID + is a design decision that was made a long way back in the history of Samba development. It is + unlikely that this decision will be reversed of changed during the remaining life of the + Samba-3.x series. +

    + + + The resolution of a UID from the Windows SID is achieved within Samba through a mechanism that + must refer back to the host operating system on which Samba is running. The Name Service + Switcher (NSS) is the preferred mechanism that shields applications (like Samba) from the + need to know everything about every host OS it runs on. +

    + Samba asks the host OS to provide a UID via the “passwd”, “shadow” + and “group” facilities in the NSS control (configuration) file. The best tool + for achieving this is left up to the UNIX administrator to determine. It is not imposed by + Samba. Samba provides winbindd together with its support libraries as one method. It is + possible to do this via LDAP - and for that Samba provides the appropriate hooks so that + all account entities can be located in an LDAP directory. +

    + + For many the weapon of choice is to use the PADL nss_ldap utility. This utility must + be configured so that computer accounts can be resolved to a POSIX/UNIX account UID. That + is fundamentally an LDAP design question. The information provided on the Samba list and + in the documentation is directed at providing working examples only. The design + of an LDAP directory is a complex subject that is beyond the scope of this documentation. +

    Introduction

    Mr. Bob Jordan just opened an email from Christine that reads:

    Bob, @@ -122,7 +175,7 @@ the well being of Abmas. Please acknowledge this advice with consent to proceed as required to regain control of our vital IT operations.

      --Christine

    -

    +

    Every compromise has consequences. Having a large routed (i.e., multi-segment) network with only a single domain controller is a poor design that has obvious operational effects that may frustrate users. Here is Bob's reply: @@ -133,37 +186,37 @@ Please let Stan know what the estimated cost will be so I can approve the expense. Do not wait for approval; I appreciate the urgency.

      --Bob

    -

    Assignment Tasks

    +

    Assignment Tasks

    The priority of assigned tasks in this chapter is: -

    1. +

      1. Implement Backup Domain Controllers (BDCs) in each building. This involves a change from use of a tdbsam backend that was used in the previous chapter, to use an LDAP-based backend.

        You can implement a single central LDAP server for this purpose. -

      2. +

      3. Rectify the problem of excessive logon times. This involves redirection of folders to network shares as well as modification of all user desktops to exclude the redirected folders from being loaded at login time. You can also create a new default profile that can be used for all new users. -

      +

    You configure a new MS Windows XP Professional Workstation disk image that you roll out to all desktop users. The instructions you have created are followed on a staging machine from which all changes can be carefully tested before inflicting them on your network users. -

    +

    This is the last network example in which specific mention of printing is made. The example again makes use of the CUPS printing system. -

    Dissection and Discussion

    +

    Dissection and Discussion

    The implementation of Samba BDCs necessitates the installation and configuration of LDAP. For this site, you use OpenLDAP, the open source software LDAP server platform. Commercial LDAP servers in current use with Samba-3 include: -

    • Novell eDirectory. +

      • Novell eDirectory. eDirectory is being successfully used by some sites. Information on how to use eDirectory can be - obtained from the Samba mailing lists or from Novell.

      • IBM + obtained from the Samba mailing lists or from Novell.

      • IBM Tivoli Directory Server, can be used to provide the Samba LDAP backend. Example schema files are provided in the Samba - source code tarball under the directory ~samba/example/LDAP.

      • Sun + source code tarball under the directory ~samba/example/LDAP.

      • Sun ONE Identity Server. This product suite provides an LDAP server that can be used for Samba. Example schema files are provided in the Samba source code tarball under the directory @@ -173,13 +226,13 @@ offerings, it requires that you manually edit the server configuration files and manually initialize the LDAP directory database. OpenLDAP itself has only command line tools to help you to get OpenLDAP and Samba-3 running as required, albeit with some learning curve challenges. -

        +

        For most sites, the deployment of Microsoft Active Directory from the shrink-wrapped installation is quite adequate. If you are migrating from Microsoft Active Directory, be warned that OpenLDAP does not include GUI-based directory management tools. Even a simple task such as adding users to the OpenLDAP database requires an understanding of what you are doing, why you are doing it, and the tools that you must use. -

        +

        When installed and configured, an OpenLDAP Identity Management backend for Samba functions well. High availability operation may be obtained through directory replication/synchronization and master/slave server configurations. OpenLDAP is a mature platform to host the organizational @@ -188,7 +241,7 @@ of management tools is well rewarded by performance and flexibility, and the freedom to manage directory contents with greater ability to back up, restore, and modify the directory than is generally possible with Microsoft Active Directory. -

        +

        A comparison of OpenLDAP with Microsoft Active Directory does not do justice to either. OpenLDAP is an LDAP directory tool-set. Microsoft Active Directory Server is an implementation of an LDAP server that is largely pre-configured for a specific task orientation. It comes with a set of administrative tools that is entirely customized @@ -199,7 +252,7 @@ MS ADAM that provides more-generic LDAP services, yet it does not have the vanilla-like services of OpenLDAP. -

        +

        You may wish to consider outsourcing the development of your OpenLDAP directory to an expert, particularly if you find the challenge of learning about LDAP directories, schemas, configuration, and management tools, and the creation of shell and Perl scripts a bit @@ -207,10 +260,12 @@ many ready-to-use schemas. Samba-3 provides an OpenLDAP schema file that is required for use as a passdb backend.

        + For those who are willing to brave the process of installing and configuring LDAP and Samba-3 interoperability, there are a few nice Web-based tools that may help you to manage your users and groups more effectively. - The Web-based tools you might like to consider include: The LDAP - Account Manager (LAM), as well as the Webmin-based Idealx + The Web-based tools you might like to consider include: The + LDAP Account Manager (LAM), as well as the + Webmin-based Idealx CGI tools.

        Some additional LDAP tools should be mentioned. Every so often a Samba user reports using one of @@ -220,35 +275,35 @@ JXplorer (by Computer Associates), and the last is called phpLDAPadmin.

        Note

        - The following prescriptive guidance is not an LDAP tutorial. The LDAP implementation expressly lacks - security. No form of secure LDAP communications is attempted. The LDAP configuration information provided + The following prescriptive guidance is not an LDAP tutorial. The LDAP implementation expressly uses minimal + security controls. No form of secure LDAP communications is attempted. The LDAP configuration information provided is considered to consist of the barest essentials only. You are strongly encouraged to learn more about LDAP before attempting to deploy it in a business-critical environment.

        Information to help you get started with OpenLDAP is available from the - - OpenLDAP Web Site. Many people have found the book - LDAP System Administration, written by Jerry Carter, quite useful. -

        + OpenLDAP Web Site. Many people have found the book + LDAP System Administration, + written by Jerry Carter, quite useful. +

        Mary's problems are due to two factors. First, the absence of a domain controller on the local network is the main cause of the errors that result in blue screen crashes. Second, Mary has a large profile that must be loaded over the wide-area network connection. This addition of BDCs on each network segment significantly improves overall network performance for most users, but this is not enough. You must gain control over user desktops, and this must be done in a way that wins their support and does not cause further loss of staff morale. The following procedures solve this problem. -

        +

        There is also an opportunity to implement smart printing features. You add this to the Samba configuration so that future printer changes can be managed without need to change desktop configurations.

        You add the ability to automatically download new printer drivers, even if they are not installed in the default desktop profile. Only one example of printing configuration is given. It is assumed that you can extrapolate the principles and use this to install all printers that may be needed. -

        Technical Issues

        +

        Technical Issues

        The solution provided is a minimal approach to getting OpenLDAP running as an identity management directory server for UNIX system accounts as well as for Samba. From the OpenLDAP perspective, UNIX system accounts are stored Posix schema extensions. Samba provides its own schema to permit storage of account attributes Samba needs. Samba-3 can use the LDAP backend to store: -

        • Windows Networking User Accounts

        • Windows NT Group Accounts

        • Mapping Information between UNIX Groups and Windows NT Groups

        • ID Mappings for SIDs to UIDs (also for foreign Domain SIDs)

        +

        • Windows Networking User Accounts

        • Windows NT Group Accounts

        • Mapping Information between UNIX Groups and Windows NT Groups

        • ID Mappings for SIDs to UIDs (also for foreign Domain SIDs)

        The use of LDAP with Samba-3 makes it necessary to store UNIX accounts as well as Windows Networking accounts in the LDAP backend. This implies the need to use the PADL LDAP tools. The resolution @@ -257,11 +312,11 @@ or from the LDAP backend. This requires the use of the PADL nss_ldap toolset that integrates with the name service switcher (NSS). The same requirements exist for resolution of the UNIX username to the UID. The relationships are demonstrated in ???. -

        Figure 6.1. The Interaction of LDAP, UNIX Posix Accounts and Samba Accounts

        The Interaction of LDAP, UNIX Posix Accounts and Samba Accounts

        +

        Figure 6.1. The Interaction of LDAP, UNIX Posix Accounts and Samba Accounts

        The Interaction of LDAP, UNIX Posix Accounts and Samba Accounts

        You configure OpenLDAP so that it is operational. Before deploying the OpenLDAP, you really ought to learn how to configure secure communications over LDAP so that sites security is not at risk. This is not covered in the following guidance. -

        +

        When OpenLDAP has been made operative, you configure the Primary Domain Controller (PDC) called MASSIVE. You initialize the Samba secrets.tdb @@ -270,21 +325,35 @@ hints are, of course, provided. You can also find on the enclosed CD-ROM, in the Chap06 directory, a few tools that help to manage user and group configuration. -

        +

        In order to effect folder redirection and to add robustness to the implementation, create a network Default Profile. All network users workstations are configured to use the new profile. Roaming profiles will automatically be deleted from the workstation when the user logs off. -

        +

        The profile is configured so that users cannot change the appearance of their desktop. This is known as a mandatory profile. You make certain that users are able to use their computers efficiently. -

        +

        A network logon script is used to deliver flexible but consistent network drive connections. -

        Roaming Profile Background

        +

        Addition of Machines to the Domain

        + + + + + Samba versions prior to 3.0.11 necessitated the use of a domain administrator account + that maps to the UNIX UID=0. The UNIX operating system permits only the root + user to add user and group accounts. Samba 3.0.11 introduced a new facility known as + Privilieges. This new facility introduced four new privileges that + can be assigned to users and/or groups: +

        Table 6.1. Current Privilege Capabilities

        PrivilegeDescription

        SeMachineAccountPrivilege

        Add machines to domain

        SePrintOperatorPrivilege

        Manage printers

        SeAddUsersPrivilege

        Add users and groups to the domain

        SeRemoteShutdownPrivilege

        Force shutdown from a remote system

        SeDiskOperatorPrivilege

        Manage disk share

        + In this network example use will be made of one of the supported privileges purely to demonstrate + how any user can now be given the ability to add machines to the domain using a normal user account + that has been given the appropriate privileges. +

        Roaming Profile Background

        As XP roaming profiles grow, so does the amount of time it takes to log in and out. -

        +

        An XP Roaming Profile consists of the HKEY_CURRENT_USER hive file NTUSER.DAT and a number of folders (My Documents, Application Data, Desktop, Start Menu, Templates, NetHood, Favorites, and so on). When a user logs onto the @@ -306,15 +375,15 @@ Java plug-in's cache (the .jpi_cache directory in the profile), as well as training the user to not place large files on the Desktop and to use his mapped home directory for saving documents instead of the My Documents folder. -

        +

        Using a folder other than My Documents is a nuisance for some users since many applications use it by default. -

        +

        The secret to rapid loading of roaming profiles is to prevent unnecessary data from being copied back and forth, without losing any functionality. This is not difficult; it can be done by making changes to the Local Group Policy on each client as well as changing some paths in each user's NTUSER.DAT hive. -

        +

        Every user profile has their own NTUSER.DAT file. This means you need to edit every user's profile, unless a better method can be followed. Fortunately, with the right preparations, this is not difficult. @@ -322,7 +391,7 @@ user's profile. Then just create a Network Default Profile. Of course, it is necessary to copy all files from redirected folders to the network share to which they are redirected. -

        The Local Group Policy

        +

        The Local Group Policy

        Without an Active Directory PDC, you cannot take full advantage of Group Policy Objects. However, you can still make changes to the Local Group Policy by using the Group Policy editor (gpedit.msc). @@ -336,13 +405,13 @@ Simply add the folders you do not wish to be copied back and forth to this semi-colon separated list. Note that this change must be made on all clients that are using roaming profiles. -

        Profile Changes

        +

        Profile Changes

        There are two changes that should be done to each user's profile. Move each of the directories that you have excluded from being copied back and forth out of the usual profile path. Modify each user's NTUSER.DAT file to point to the new paths that are shared over the network, instead of the default path (C:\Documents and Settings\%USERNAME%). -

        +

        The above modifies existing user profiles. So that newly created profiles have these settings, you will need to modify the NTUSER.DAT in the C:\Documents and Settings\Default User folder on each @@ -350,7 +419,7 @@ NTUSER.DAT to a Linux box and using regedt32. The basic method is described under ???. -

        Using a Network Default User Profile

        +

        Using a Network Default User Profile

        If you are using Samba as your PDC, you should create a file-share called NETLOGON and within that create a directory called Default User, which is a copy of the desired default user @@ -359,7 +428,7 @@ the first login from a new account pulls its configuration from it. See also: the Real Men Don't Click Web site. -

        Installation of Printer Driver Auto-Download

        +

        Installation of Printer Driver Auto-Download

        The subject of printing is quite topical. Printing problems run second place to name resolution issues today. So far in this book, you have experienced only what is generally known as “dumb” printing. Dumb printing is the arrangement where all drivers @@ -367,7 +436,7 @@ or intelligent processing. Dumb printing is easily understood. It usually works without many problems, but it has its limitations also. Dumb printing is better known as Raw Print Through printing. -

        +

        Samba permits the configuration of Smart printing using the Microsoft Windows point-and-click (also called drag-and-drop) printing. What this provides is essentially the ability to print to any printer. If the local client does not yet have a @@ -380,7 +449,7 @@ printing that automatically senses the file format of data submitted for printing and then invokes a suitable print filter to convert the incoming data stream into a format suited to the printer to which the job is dispatched. -

        +

        The CUPS printing subsystem is capable of intelligent printing. It has the capacity to detect the data format and apply a print filter. This means that it is feasible to install on all Windows clients a single printer driver for use with all printers that are routed @@ -397,12 +466,183 @@ This book is about Samba-3, so you can confine the printing style to just the smart style of installation. Those interested in further information regarding intelligent printing should review documentation on the Easy Software Products Web site. -

        Political Issues

        +

        Avoiding Failures Solving Problems Before the Happen

        + It has often been said that there are three types of people in the world: Those who + have sharp minds and those that forget things. Please do not ask what the third group + are like! Well, it seems that many of us have company in the second group. There must + be a good explanation why so many network administrators fail to solve apparently + simple problems efficiently and effectively. +

        + Here are some diagnostic guidelines that can be referred to when things go wrong: +

        Preliminary Advice Dangers Can be Avoided

        + The best advice regarding how best to mend a broken leg was “never break a leg!” +

        + New comers to Samba and LDAP seem to struggle a great deal at first. If you want advice + regarding the best way to remedy LDAP and Samba problems: “Avoid them like the plague!” +

        + If you are now asking yourself how can problems be avoided? The best advice is to start + out your learning experience with an known-to-work solution. After + you have seen a fully working solution, a good way to learn is to make slow and progressive + changes that cause things to break, then observe carefully how and why things ceased to work. +

        + The examples in this chapter (also in the book as a whole) are known to work. That means + that they could serve as the kick-off point for your journey through fields of knowledge. + Use this resource carefully; we hope it serves you well. +

        + Warning: Do not be lulled into thinking that you can easily adopt the examples in this + book and adapt them without first working through the working examples provided. A little + thing over-looked can cause untold pain and may permanently tarnish your experience. +

        Debugging LDAP

        + In the example /etc/openldap/slapd.conf control file + (see ???) there is an entry for loglevel 256. + To enable logging via the syslog infrastructure it is necessary to uncomment this parameter + and restart slapd. +

        + LDAP log information can be directed into a file that is separate from the normal system + log files by changing the /etc/syslog.conf file so it has the following + contents: +

        +# Some foreign boot scripts require local7
        +#
        +local0,local1.*                 -/var/log/localmessages
        +local2,local3.*                 -/var/log/localmessages
        +local5.*                        -/var/log/localmessages
        +local6,local7.*                 -/var/log/localmessages
        +local4.*                        -/var/log/ldaplogs
        +

        + In the above case, all LDAP related logs will be directed to the file + /var/log/ldaplogs. This makes it easy to track LDAP errors. +

        Debugging NSS_LDAP

        + The basic mechanism for diagnosing problems with the nss_ldap utility involves adding to the + /etc/ldap.conf file the following parameters: +

        +debug 256
        +logdir /data/logs
        +

        + Create the log directory as follows: +

        +root#  mkdir /data/logs
        +

        +

        + The diagnostic process should follow the following steps: +

        1. + Verify the nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, nss_base_group entries + in the /etc/ldap.conf file and compare them closely with the directory + tree location that was chosen in when the directory was first created. +

          + One was this can be done is by executing: +

          +root#  slapcat | grep Group | grep dn
          +dn: ou=Groups,dc=abmas,dc=biz
          +dn: cn=Domain Admins,ou=Groups,dc=abmas,dc=biz
          +dn: cn=Domain Users,ou=Groups,dc=abmas,dc=biz
          +dn: cn=Domain Guests,ou=Groups,dc=abmas,dc=biz
          +dn: cn=Domain Computers,ou=Groups,dc=abmas,dc=biz
          +dn: cn=Administrators,ou=Groups,dc=abmas,dc=biz
          +dn: cn=Print Operators,ou=Groups,dc=abmas,dc=biz
          +dn: cn=Backup Operators,ou=Groups,dc=abmas,dc=biz
          +dn: cn=Replicators,ou=Groups,dc=abmas,dc=biz
          +

          + The first line is the DIT entry point for the container for POSIX groups. The correct entry + for the /etc/ldap.conf for the nss_base_group + parameter therefore is the distinquished name (dn) as applied here: +

          +nss_base_group ou=Groups,dc=abmas,dc=biz?one
          +

          + The same process may be followed to determine the appropriate dn for user accounts. + If the container for computer accounts is not the same as that for users (see the smb.conf + file entry for ldap machine suffix, it may be necessary to set the + following DIT dn in the /etc/ldap.conf: +

          +nss_base_passwd dc=abmas,dc=biz?sub
          +

          + This instructs LDAP to search for machine as well as user entries from the top of the DIT + down. This is inefficient, but at least should work. +

        2. + Perform lookups such as: +

          +root#  getent passwd
          +

          + Each such lookup will create an entry in the /data/log directory + for each such process executed. The contents of that file may provide a hint as to + the cause of the failure that is being investigated. +

        3. + Check the contents of the /var/log/messages to see what error messages are being + generated as a result of the LDAP lookups. Here is an example of a successful lookup: +

          +slapd[12164]: conn=0 fd=10 ACCEPT from IP=127.0.0.1:33539
          +(IP=0.0.0.0:389)
          +slapd[12164]: conn=0 op=0 BIND dn="" method=128
          +slapd[12164]: conn=0 op=0 RESULT tag=97 err=0 text=
          +slapd[12164]: conn=0 op=1 SRCH base="" scope=0 deref=0
          +filter="(objectClass=*)"
          +slapd[12164]: conn=0 op=1 SEARCH RESULT tag=101 err=0
          +nentries=1 text=
          +slapd[12164]: conn=0 op=2 UNBIND
          +slapd[12164]: conn=0 fd=10 closed
          +slapd[12164]: conn=1 fd=10 ACCEPT from
          +IP=127.0.0.1:33540 (IP=0.0.0.0:389)
          +slapd[12164]: conn=1 op=0 BIND
          +dn="cn=Manager,dc=abmas,dc=biz" method=128
          +slapd[12164]: conn=1 op=0 BIND
          +dn="cn=Manager,dc=abmas,dc=biz" mech=SIMPLE ssf=0
          +slapd[12164]: conn=1 op=0 RESULT tag=97 err=0 text=
          +slapd[12164]: conn=1 op=1 SRCH
          +base="ou=People,dc=abmas,dc=biz" scope=1 deref=0
          +filter="(objectClass=posixAccount)"
          +slapd[12164]: conn=1 op=1 SRCH attr=uid userPassword
          +uidNumber gidNumber cn
          +homeDirectory loginShell gecos description objectClass
          +slapd[12164]: conn=1 op=1 SEARCH RESULT tag=101 err=0
          +nentries=2 text=
          +slapd[12164]: conn=1 fd=10 closed
          +
          +

          +

        4. + Check that the bindpw entry in the /etc/ldap.conf or in the + /etc/ldap.secrets file is correct. i.e.: As specified in the + /etc/openldap/slapd.conf file. +

        Debugging Samba

        + The following parameters in the smb.conf file can be useful in tracking down Samba related problems: +

        +[global]
        +	...
        +	log level = 5
        +	log file = /var/log/samba/%m.log
        +	max log size = 0
        +	...
        +

        + This will result in the creation of a separate log file for every client from which connections + are made. The log file will be quite verbose and will grow continually. Do not forget to + change these lines to the following when debugging has been completed: +

        +[global]
        +	...
        +	log level = 1
        +	log file = /var/log/samba/%m.log
        +	max log size = 50
        +	...
        +

        +

        + The log file can be analyzed by executing: +

        +root#  cd /var/log/samba
        +root#  grep -v "^\[200" machine_name.log
        +

        +

        + Search for hints of what may have failed by lokking for the words fail + and error. +

        Debugging on the Windows Client

        + MS Windows 2000 Professional and Windows XP Professional clients are capable of being configured + to create a netlogon.log file that can be very helpful in diagnosing network logon problems. Search + the Microsoft knowledge base for detailed instructions. The techniques vary a little with each + version of MS Windows. +

        Political Issues

        MS Windows network users are generally very sensitive to limits that may be imposed when confronted with locked-down workstation configurations. The challenge you face must be promoted as a choice between reliable and fast network operation, and a constant flux of problems that result in user irritation. -

        Installation Check-List

        +

        Installation Check-List

        You are starting a complex project. Even though you have gone through the installation of a complex network in chapter 5, this network is a bigger challenge because of the large number of complex applications that must be configured before the first few steps @@ -410,56 +650,109 @@ frequently review the steps ahead while making at least a mental note of what has already been completed. The following task list may help you to keep track of the task items that are covered: -

        • Samba-3 PDC Server Configuration

          1. DHCP and DNS Servers

          2. OpenLDAP Server

          3. PAM and NSS Client Tools

          4. Samba-3 PDC

          5. Idealx SMB-LDAP Scripts

          6. LDAP Initialization

          7. Create User and Group Accounts

          8. Printers

          9. Share Point Directory Roots

          10. Profile Directories

        • Samba-3 BDC Server Configuration

          1. DHCP and DNS Servers

          2. PAM and NSS Client Tools

          3. Printers

          4. Share Point Directory Roots

          5. Profiles Directories

        • Samba-3 BDC Server Configuration

        • Windows XP Client Configuration

          1. Default Profile Folder Redirection

          2. MS Outlook PST File Relocation

          3. Delete Roaming Profile on Logout

          4. Upload Printer Drivers to Samba Servers

          5. Install Software

          6. Creation of Roll-out Images

        Samba Server Implementation

        +

        • Samba-3 PDC Server Configuration

          1. DHCP and DNS Servers

          2. OpenLDAP Server

          3. PAM and NSS Client Tools

          4. Samba-3 PDC

          5. Idealx SMB-LDAP Scripts

          6. LDAP Initialization

          7. Create User and Group Accounts

          8. Printers

          9. Share Point Directory Roots

          10. Profile Directories

        • Samba-3 BDC Server Configuration

          1. DHCP and DNS Servers

          2. PAM and NSS Client Tools

          3. Printers

          4. Share Point Directory Roots

          5. Profiles Directories

        • Samba-3 BDC Server Configuration

        • Windows XP Client Configuration

          1. Default Profile Folder Redirection

          2. MS Outlook PST File Relocation

          3. Delete Roaming Profile on Logout

          4. Upload Printer Drivers to Samba Servers

          5. Install Software

          6. Creation of Roll-out Images

      Samba Server Implementation

      The network design shown in ??? is not comprehensive. It is assumed that you will install additional file servers, and possibly additional BDCs. -

      Figure 6.2. Network Topology 500 User Network Using ldapsam passdb backend.

      Network Topology 500 User Network Using ldapsam passdb backend.

      - All configuration files and locations are shown for SUSE Linux 9.0. The file locations for - Red Hat Linux are similar. You may need to adjust the locations for your particular - Linux system distribution/implementation. -

      +

      Figure 6.2. Network Topology 500 User Network Using ldapsam passdb backend.

      Network Topology 500 User Network Using ldapsam passdb backend.

      + All configuration files and locations are shown for SUSE Linux 9.2 and are equaly valid for SUSE + Linux Enterprise Server 9. The file locations for Red Hat Linux are similar. You may need to + adjust the locations for your particular Linux system distribution/implementation. +

      Note

      +The following information applies to Samba-3.0.12 when used with the Idealx smbldap-tools scripts +version 0.8.7. If using a different version of Samba, or of the smbldap-tools tarball, please +verify that the versions you are about to use are matching. +

      The steps in the process involve changes from the network configuration shown in ???. Before implementing the following steps, you must have completed the network implementation shown in that chapter. If you are starting with newly installed Linux servers, you must complete the steps shown in ??? before commencing at ???: -

      OpenLDAP Server Configuration

      - Confirm that the packages shown in ??? are installed on your system. -

      Table 6.1. Required OpenLDAP Linux Packages

      SUSE Linux 8.xSUSE Linux 9Red Hat Linux 9
      nss_ldapnss_ldapnss_ldap
      pam_ldappam_ldappam_ldap
      openldap2openldap2openldap
      openldap2-clientopenldap2-client 
       openldap2-back-perl 
       openldap2-back-monitor 
       openldap2-back-ldap 
       openldap2-back-meta 

      +

      OpenLDAP Server Configuration

      + Confirm that the packages shown in ??? are installed on your system. +

      Table 6.2. Required OpenLDAP Linux Packages

      SUSE Linux 8.xSUSE Linux 9.xRed Hat Linux
      nss_ldapnss_ldapnss_ldap
      pam_ldappam_ldappam_ldap
      openldap2openldap2openldap
      openldap2-clientopenldap2-client 

      Samba-3 and OpenLDAP will have a degree of inter-dependence that is unavoidable. The method for boot-strapping the LDAP and Samba-3 configuration is relatively straight forward. If you follow these guidelines, the resulting system should work fine. -

      1. - Install the file shown in ??? in the directory +

        1. + Install the file shown in ??? in the directory /etc/openldap. -

        2. - Remove all files from the directory /var/lib/ldap, making certain that +

        3. + Remove all files from the directory /data/ldap, making certain that the directory exists with permissions:

          -root#  ls -al /var/lib | grep ldap
          +root#  ls -al /data | grep ldap
           drwx------   2 ldap    ldap       48 Dec 15 22:11 ldap
           

          This may require you to add a user and a group account for LDAP if they do not exist. -

        Example 6.1. LDAP Master Configuration File /etc/openldap/slapd.conf

        +		

      2. + Install the file shown in ??? in the directory + /data/ldap. In the event that this file is added after ldap + has been started, it is possible to cause the new settings to take effect by shutting down + the LDAP server, executing the db_recover command inside the + /data/ldap directory, and then restarting the LDAP server. +

      3. + Performance logging can be enabled and should preferrably be sent to a file on + a file system that is large enough to handle significantly sized logs. To enable + the logging at a verbose level to permit detailed analysis uncomment the entry in + the /etc/openldap/slapd.conf shown as “loglevel 256”. +

        + Edit the /etc/syslog.conf file to add the following at the end + of the file: +

        +local4.*        -/data/ldap/log/openldap.log
        +

        + Note: The path /data/ldap/log should be set a a location + that is convenient and that can store a large volume of data. +

      Example 6.1. LDAP DB_CONFIG File

      +set_cachesize           0 150000000 1
      +set_lg_regionmax        262144
      +set_lg_bsize            2097152
      +#set_lg_dir             /var/log/bdb
      +set_flags               DB_LOG_AUTOREMOVE
      +

      Example 6.2. LDAP Master Configuration File /etc/openldap/slapd.conf Part A

       include		/etc/openldap/schema/core.schema
       include		/etc/openldap/schema/cosine.schema
       include		/etc/openldap/schema/inetorgperson.schema
       include		/etc/openldap/schema/nis.schema
      -include		/etc/openldap/schema/samba.schema
      +include		/etc/openldap/schema/samba3.schema
       
       pidfile		/var/run/slapd/slapd.pid
       argsfile	/var/run/slapd/slapd.args
       
      -database	ldbm
      +access to dn.base=""
      +		by self write
      +		by * auth
      +
      +access to attr=userPassword
      +		by self write
      +		by * auth
      +
      +access to attr=shadowLastChange
      +		by self write
      +		by * read
      +
      +access to *
      +                by * read
      +                by anonymous auth
      +
      +#loglevel	256
      +
      +schemacheck 	on
      +idletimeout	30
      +backend		bdb
      +database	bdb
      +checkpoint      1024 5
      +cachesize       10000
      +
       suffix		"dc=abmas,dc=biz"
       rootdn		"cn=Manager,dc=abmas,dc=biz"
       
       # rootpw = not24get
       rootpw          {SSHA}86kTavd9Dw3FAz6qzWTrCOKX/c0Qe+UV
       
      -directory	/var/lib/ldap
      -
      +directory	/data/ldap
      +

      Example 6.3. LDAP Master Configuration File /etc/openldap/slapd.conf Part B

       # Indices to maintain
       index objectClass           eq
       index cn                    pres,sub,eq
      @@ -473,7 +766,7 @@
       index sambaPrimaryGroupSID  eq
       index sambaDomainName       eq
       index default               sub
      -

      PAM and NSS Client Configuration

      +

      PAM and NSS Client Configuration

      The steps that follow involve configuration of LDAP, Name Service Switch (NSS) LDAP-based resolution of users and groups. Also, so that LDAP-based accounts can log onto the system, the steps ahead configure the Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM) to permit LDAP-based authentication. @@ -481,49 +774,61 @@ Since you have chosen to put UNIX user and group accounts into the LDAP database, it is likely that you may want to use them for UNIX system (Linux) local machine logons. This necessitates correct configuration of the Pluggable Authentication - Modules + Modules (PAM). The pam_ldap open source package provides the PAM modules that most people would use. On SUSE Linux systems, the pam_unix2.so module also has the ability to redirect authentication requests through LDAP. -

      +

      You have chosen to configure these services by directly editing the system files but, of course, you know that this configuration can be done using system tools provided by the Linux system vendor. SUSE Linux has a facility in YaST (the system admin tool) through yast->system->ldap-client that permits configuration of SUSE Linux as an LDAP client. Red Hat Linux provides the authconfig tool for this. -

      Example 6.2. Configuration File for NSS LDAP Support /etc/ldap.conf

      -SIZELIMIT	200
      -TIMELIMIT	15
      -DEREF		never
      -
      +	

      Example 6.4. Configuration File for NSS LDAP Support /etc/ldap.conf

       host 127.0.0.1
      +
       base dc=abmas,dc=biz
      +
       binddn cn=Manager,dc=abmas,dc=biz
       bindpw not24get
       
      +timelimit 50
      +bind_timelimit 50
      +bind_policy hard
      +
      +idle_timelimit 3600
      +
       pam_password exop
       
      -nss_base_passwd	ou=People,dc=abmas,dc=biz?one
      -nss_base_shadow	ou=People,dc=abmas,dc=biz?one
      +nss_base_passwd ou=People,dc=abmas,dc=biz?one
      +nss_base_shadow ou=People,dc=abmas,dc=biz?one
       nss_base_group  ou=Groups,dc=abmas,dc=biz?one
      -

      Example 6.3. Configuration File for NSS LDAP Clients Support /etc/ldap.conf

      -SIZELIMIT	200
      -TIMELIMIT	15
      -DEREF		never
       
      -host  172.16.0.1
      +ssl off
      +

      Example 6.5. Configuration File for NSS LDAP Clients Support /etc/ldap.conf

      +host 172.16.0.1
      +
       base dc=abmas,dc=biz
      +
       binddn cn=Manager,dc=abmas,dc=biz
       bindpw not24get
       
      +timelimit 50
      +bind_timelimit 50
      +bind_policy hard
      +
      +idle_timelimit 3600
      +
       pam_password exop
       
       nss_base_passwd ou=People,dc=abmas,dc=biz?one
       nss_base_shadow ou=People,dc=abmas,dc=biz?one
       nss_base_group  ou=Groups,dc=abmas,dc=biz?one
      -
      1. + +ssl off +

      1. Execute the following command to find where the nss_ldap module expects to find its control file:

        @@ -532,10 +837,10 @@
         		The preferred and usual location is /etc/ldap.conf.
         		

      2. On the server MASSIVE, install the file shown in - ??? into the path that was obtained from the step above. + ??? into the path that was obtained from the step above. On the servers called BLDG1 and BLDG2, install the file shown in - ??? into the path that was obtained from the step above. -

      3. + ??? into the path that was obtained from the step above. +

      4. Edit the NSS control file (/etc/nsswitch.conf) so that the lines that control user and group resolution will obtain information from the normal system files as well as from ldap as follows: @@ -549,7 +854,7 @@ added, you can validate resolution of the LDAP resolver process. The inclusion of WINS-based hostname resolution is deliberate so that all MS Windows client hostnames can be resolved to their IP addresses, whether or not they are DHCP clients. -

      5. +

      6. For PAM LDAP configuration on this SUSE Linux 9.0 system, the simplest solution is to edit the following files in the /etc/pam.d directory: login, password, samba, sshd. @@ -572,7 +877,7 @@ session required pam_unix2.so none use_ldap # debug or trace session required pam_limits.so

        -

        +

        On other Linux systems that do not have an LDAP-enabled pam_unix2.so module, you must edit these files by adding the pam_ldap.so modules as shown here:

        @@ -595,38 +900,48 @@
         		demonstrates the use of the pam_ldap.so module. You can use either
         		implementation, but if the pam_unix2.so on your system supports
         		LDAP, you probably want to use it, rather than add an additional module.
        -		

      Samba-3 PDC Configuration

      - Verify that the Samba-3.0.2 (or later) packages are installed on each SUSE Linux server - before following the steps below. If Samba-3.0.2 (or later) is not installed, you have the +

    Samba-3 PDC Configuration

    + Verify that the Samba-3.0.12 (or later) packages are installed on each SUSE Linux server + before following the steps below. If Samba-3.0.12 (or later) is not installed, you have the choice to either build your own or to obtain the packages from a dependable source. - Packages for SUSE Linux 8.2 and 9.0, and Red Hat 9.0 are included on the CD-ROM that + Packages for SUSE Linux 8.x, 9.x and SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9, as well as for + Red Hat Fedora Core and Red Hat Enteprise Linux Server 3 and 4 are included on the CD-ROM that is included at the back of this book. -

    Procedure 6.3. Configuration of PDC Called: MASSIVE

    1. - Install the files in ???, - ???, ???, - and ??? into the /etc/samba/ +

      Procedure 6.4. Configuration of PDC Called: MASSIVE

      1. + Install the files in ???, + ???, ???, + and ??? into the /etc/samba/ directory. The three files should be added together to form the smb.conf - file. -

      2. - Verify the contents of the smb.conf file that is generated by Samba - as it collates all the included files. You do this by executing: + master file. It is a good practice to call this file something like + smb.conf.master, and then to perform all file edits + on the master file. The operational smb.conf is then generated as shown in + the next step. +

      3. + Create and verify the contents of the smb.conf file that is generated by: +

        +root#  testparm -s smb.conf.master > smb.conf
        +

        + Immediately follow this with the following:

        -root#  testparm -s > test.conf
        +root#  testparm
         

        The output that is created should be free from errors, as shown here:

        +Load smb config files from /etc/samba/smb.conf
        +Processing section "[accounts]"
        +Processing section "[service]"
        +Processing section "[pidata]"
         Processing section "[homes]"
         Processing section "[printers]"
         Processing section "[apps]"
         Processing section "[netlogon]"
         Processing section "[profiles]"
         Processing section "[profdata]"
        -Processing section "[IPC$]"
        -Processing section "[accounts]"
        -Processing section "[service]"
        -Processing section "[pidata]"
        +Processing section "[print$]"
         Loaded services file OK.
        +Server role: ROLE_DOMAIN_PDC
        +Press enter to see a dump of your service definitions
         

      4. Delete all run-time files from prior Samba operation by executing (for SUSE @@ -637,7 +952,7 @@ root# rm /var/lib/samba/*dat root# rm /var/log/samba/*

        -

      5. +

      6. Samba-3 communicates with the LDAP server. The password that it uses to authenticate to the LDAP server must be stored in the secrets.tdb file. Execute the following to create the new secrets.tdb files @@ -649,7 +964,7 @@

         Setting stored password for "cn=Manager,dc=abmas,dc=biz" in secrets.tdb
         

        -

      7. +

      8. Samba-3 generates a Windows Security Identifier only when smbd has been started. For this reason, you start Samba. After a few seconds delay, execute: @@ -660,11 +975,17 @@ A report such as the following means that the Domain Security Identifier (SID) has not yet been written to the secrets.tdb or to the LDAP backend:

        -[2003/12/16 22:32:20, 0] utils/net.c:net_getlocalsid(414)
        -  Can't fetch domain SID for name: MASSIVE
        -

        - When the Domain has been created and written to the secrets.tdb - file, the output should look like this: +[2005/03/03 23:19:34, 0] lib/smbldap.c:smbldap_connect_system(852) + failed to bind to server ldap://massive.abmas.biz +with dn="cn=Manager,dc=abmas,dc=biz" Error: Can't contact LDAP server + (unknown) +[2005/03/03 23:19:48, 0] lib/smbldap.c:smbldap_search_suffix(1169) + smbldap_search_suffix: Problem during the LDAP search: (unknown) (Timed out) +

        + The attempt to read the SID will attempt to bind to the LDAP server. Because the LDAP server + is not running this operation will fail by way of a time out, as shown above. This is + normal output, do not worry about this error message. When the Domain has been created and + written to the secrets.tdb file, the output should look like this:

         SID for domain MASSIVE is: S-1-5-21-3504140859-1010554828-2431957765
         

        @@ -676,10 +997,10 @@

      9. When a positive Domain SID has been reported, stop Samba.

      10. - - - - + + + + Configure the NFS server for your Linux system. So you can complete the steps that follow, enter into the /etc/exports the following entry:

        @@ -692,244 +1013,334 @@
         		of the PDC. rsync is a useful tool here as it resembles the NT replication service quite 
         		closely. If you do use NFS, do not forget to start the NFS server as follows:
         

        -root#  rcnfs start
        +root#  rcnfsserver start
         

      Your Samba-3 PDC is now ready to communicate with the LDAP password backend. Let's get on with configuration of the LDAP server. -

      Example 6.4. LDAP Based smb.conf File, Server: MASSIVE global Section: Part A

      # Global parameters
      [global]
      +

      Example 6.6. LDAP Based smb.conf File, Server: MASSIVE global Section: Part A

      # Global parameters
      + + unix charset = LOCALE
      - unix charset = LOCALE
      + workgroup = MEGANET2
      - workgroup = MEGANET2
      + netbios name = MASSIVE
      - netbios name = MASSIVE
      + interfaces = eth1, lo
      - interfaces = eth1, lo
      + bind interfaces only = Yes
      - bind interfaces only = Yes
      + passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://massive.abmas.biz
      - passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://massive.abmas.biz
      + enable privileges = Yes
      - username map = /etc/samba/smbusers
      + username map = /etc/samba/smbusers
      - log level = 1
      + log level = 1
      - syslog = 0
      + syslog = 0
      - log file = /var/log/samba/%m
      + log file = /var/log/samba/%m
      - max log size = 50
      + max log size = 50
      - smb ports = 139 445
      + smb ports = 139 445
      - name resolve order = wins bcast hosts
      + name resolve order = wins bcast hosts
      - time server = Yes
      + time server = Yes
      - printcap name = CUPS
      + printcap name = CUPS
      - show add printer wizard = No
      + show add printer wizard = No
      - add user script = /var/lib/samba/sbin/smbldap-useradd.pl -a -m '%u'
      + add user script = /opt/IDEALX/sbin/smbldap-useradd -m "%u"
      - delete user script = /var/lib/samba/sbin/smbldap-userdel.pl '%u'
      + delete user script = /opt/IDEALX/sbin/smbldap-userdel "%u"
      - add group script = /var/lib/samba/sbin/smbldap-groupadd.pl -p '%g'
      + add group script = /opt/IDEALX/sbin/smbldap-groupadd -p "%g"
      - delete group script = /var/lib/samba/sbin/smbldap-groupdel.pl '%g'
      + delete group script = /opt/IDEALX/sbin/smbldap-groupdel "%g"
      - add user to group script = /var/lib/samba/sbin/
      smbldap-groupmod.pl -m '%u' '%g'
      + add user to group script = /opt/IDEALX/sbin/
      smbldap-groupmod -m "%u" "%g"
      - delete user from group script = /var/lib/samba/sbin/
      smbldap-groupmod.pl -x '%u' '%g'
      + delete user from group script = /opt/IDEALX/sbin/
      smbldap-groupmod -x "%u" "%g"
      - set primary group script = /var/lib/samba/sbin/
      smbldap-usermod.pl -g '%g' '%u'
      + set primary group script = /opt/IDEALX/sbin/
      smbldap-usermod -g "%g" "%u"
      - add machine script = /var/lib/samba/sbin/
      smbldap-useradd.pl -w '%u'
      + add machine script = /opt/IDEALX/sbin/smbldap-useradd -w "%u"

      Example 6.7. LDAP Based smb.conf File, Server: MASSIVE global Section: Part B

      - logon script = scripts\logon.bat
      + logon script = scripts\logon.bat
      - logon path = \\%L\profiles\%U
      + logon path = \\%L\profiles\%U
      - logon drive = X:
      + logon drive = X:
      - domain logons = Yes
      + domain logons = Yes
      - preferred master = Yes
      + preferred master = Yes
      - wins support = Yes
      + wins support = Yes
      - ldap suffix = dc=abmas,dc=biz
      + ldap suffix = dc=abmas,dc=biz
      - ldap machine suffix = ou=People
      + ldap machine suffix = ou=People
      - ldap user suffix = ou=People
      + ldap user suffix = ou=People
      - ldap group suffix = ou=Groups

      Example 6.5. LDAP Based smb.conf File, Server: MASSIVE global Section: Part B

      + ldap group suffix = ou=Groups
      - ldap idmap suffix = ou=Idmap
      + ldap idmap suffix = ou=Idmap
      - ldap admin dn = cn=Manager,dc=abmas,dc=biz
      + ldap admin dn = cn=Manager,dc=abmas,dc=biz
      - idmap backend = ldap:ldap://massive.abmas.biz
      + idmap backend = ldap:ldap://massive.abmas.biz
      - idmap uid = 10000-20000
      + idmap uid = 10000-20000
      - idmap gid = 10000-20000
      + idmap gid = 10000-20000
      - map acl inherit = Yes
      + map acl inherit = Yes
      - printing = cups
      + printing = cups
      - printer admin = Administrator, chrisr

      Install and Configure Idealx SMB-LDAP Scripts

      + printer admin = root, chrisr

    Install and Configure Idealx smbldap-tools Scripts

    The Idealx scripts, or equivalent, are necessary to permit Samba-3 to manage accounts - on the LDAP server. You have chosen the Idealx scripts since they are part of the - Samba-3 package distribution. On your SUSE Linux system, you find these scripts in the - /usr/share/doc/packages/samba3/Examples/LDAP/smbldap-tools - directory. On a Red Hat Linux system, they are in a similar path. If you cannot find - the scripts on your system, it is easy enough to download them from the Idealx + on the LDAP server. You have chosen the Idealx scripts since they are the best known + LDAP configuration scripts. The use of these scripts will help avoid the necessity + to create custom scripts. It is easy to download them from the Idealx Web Site. The tarball may - be directly downloaded - for this site, also. -

    - In your installation, the smbldap-tools are located in /var/lib/samba/sbin. - They can be installed in any convenient directory of your choice, in which case you must - change the path to them in your smb.conf file on the PDC (MASSIVE). -

    + be directly downloaded + for this site, also. Alternately, you may obtain the + smbldap-tools-0.8.7-3.src.rpm + file that may be used to build an installable RPM package for your Linux system. +

    Note

    +The smbldap-tools scripts can be installed in any convenient directory of your choice, in which case you must +change the path to them in your smb.conf file on the PDC (MASSIVE). +

    + The smbldap-tools are located in /opt/IDEALX/sbin. The scripts are not needed on BDC machines because all LDAP updates are handled by the PDC alone. +

    Installation of smbldap-tools from the tarball

    + To perform a manual installation of the smbldap-tools scripts the following procedure may be used:

    1. - Create the /var/lib/samba/sbin directory, and set its permissions + Create the /opt/IDEALX/sbin directory, and set its permissions and ownership as shown here:

      -root#  mkdir -p /var/lib/samba/sbin
      -root#  chown root.root /var/lib/samba/sbin
      -root#  chmod 755 /var/lib/samba/sbin
      +root#  mkdir -p /opt/IDEALX/sbin
      +root#  chown root.root /opt/IDEALX/sbin
      +root#  chmod 755 /opt/IDEALX/sbin
      +root#  mkdir -p /etc/smbldap-tools
      +root#  chown root.root /etc/smbldap-tools
      +root#  chmod 755 /etc/smbldap-tools
       

    2. If you wish to use the downloaded tarball, unpack the smbldap-tools in a suitable temporary location. Change into either the directory extracted from the tarball, or else into the smbldap-tools directory in your /usr/share/doc/packages directory tree.

    3. - Copy all the .pl and .pm files into the - /var/lib/samba/sbin directory, as shown here: + Copy all the smbldap-* and the configure.pl files into the + /opt/IDEALX/sbin directory, as shown here:

      -root#  cd /usr/share/doc/packages/samba3/Examples/LDAP/smbldap-tools
      -root#  cp *.pl *.pm /var/lib/samba/sbin
      -

      -

    4. - You must compile the mkntpasswd tool and then install it into - the /var/lib/samba/sbin directory, as shown here: -

      -root#  cd mkntpwd
      -root#  make
      -gcc  -O2 -DMPU8086  -c -o getopt.o getopt.c
      -gcc  -O2 -DMPU8086  -c -o md4.o md4.c
      -gcc  -O2 -DMPU8086  -c -o mkntpwd.o mkntpwd.c
      -mkntpwd.c: In function `main':
      -mkntpwd.c:37: warning: return type of `main' is not `int'
      -gcc  -O2 -DMPU8086  -c -o smbdes.o smbdes.c
      -gcc  -O2 -DMPU8086  -o mkntpwd getopt.o md4.o mkntpwd.o smbdes.o
      -root#  cp mkntpwd /var/lib/samba/sbin
      +root#  cd smbldap-tools-0.8.7/
      +root#  cp smbldap-* configure.pl *pm /opt/IDEALX/sbin/
      +root#  cp smbldap*conf /etc/smbldap-tools/
      +root#  chmod 750 /opt/IDEALX/sbin/smbldap-*
      +root#  chmod 750 /opt/IDEALX/sbin/configure.pl
      +root#  chmod 640 /etc/smbldap-tools/smbldap.conf
      +root#  chmod 600 /etc/smbldap-tools/smbldap_bind.conf
       

      - The smbldap-tools scripts must now be configured.

    5. - Change to the /var/lib/samba/sbin directory, and edit the - /var/lib/samba/sbin/smbldap_conf.pm to affect the changes + The smbldap-tools scripts master control file must now be configured. + Change to the /opt/IDEALX/sbin directory, then edit the + smbldap_tools.pm to affect the changes shown here:

      -# Put your own SID
      -# to obtain this number do: "net getlocalsid"
      -#$SID='S-1-5-21-1671648649-242858427-2873575837';
      -$SID='S-1-5-21-3504140859-1010554828-2431957765';
       ...
      -# LDAP Suffix
      -# Ex: $suffix = "dc=IDEALX,dc=ORG";
      -$suffix = "dc=abmas,dc=biz";
      -...
      -# Where are stored Users
      -# Ex: $usersdn = "ou=Users,$suffix"; ...
      -$usersou = q(People);
      -$usersdn = "ou=$usersou,$suffix";
      -
      -# Where are stored Computers
      -# Ex: $computersdn = "ou=Computers,$suffix"; ...
      -$computersou = q(People);
      -$computersdn = "ou=$computersou,$suffix";
      -
      -# Where are stored Groups
      -# Ex $groupsdn = "ou=Groups,$suffix"; ...
      -$groupsou = q(Groups);
      -$groupsdn = "ou=$groupsou,$suffix";
      -
      -# Default scope Used
      -$scope = "sub";
      +# ugly funcs using global variables and spawning openldap clients
       
      -# Unix password encryption (CRYPT, MD5, SMD5, SSHA, SHA)
      -$hash_encrypt="MD5";
      -...
      -############################
      -# Credential Configuration #
      -############################
      -# Bind DN used
      -# Ex: $binddn = "cn=admin,$suffix"; ...
      -$binddn = "cn=Manager,$suffix";
      -
      -# Bind DN passwd used
      -# Ex: $bindpasswd = 'secret'; for 'secret'
      -$bindpasswd = 'not24get';
      -...
      -# Login defs
      -# Default Login Shell
      -# Ex: $_userLoginShell = q(/bin/bash);
      -#$_userLoginShell = q(_LOGINSHELL_);
      -$_userLoginShell = q(/bin/bash);
      -
      -# Home directory prefix (without username)
      -# Ex: $_userHomePrefix = q(/home/);
      -#$_userHomePrefix = q(_HOMEPREFIX_);
      -$_userHomePrefix = q(/home/);
      -...
      -# The UNC path to home drives location without the 
      -# username last extension (will be dynamically prepended)
      -# Ex: q(\\\\My-PDC-netbios-name\\homes)
      -# Just comment this if you want to use the smb.conf 
      -# 'logon home' directive # and/or desabling roaming profiles
      -#$_userSmbHome = q(\\\\_PDCNAME_\\homes);
      -$_userSmbHome = q(\\\\MASSIVE\\homes);
      -
      -# The UNC path to profiles locations without the username 
      -# last extension (will be dynamically prepended)
      -# Ex: q(\\\\My-PDC-netbios-name\\profiles\\)
      -# Just comment this if you want to use the smb.conf 
      -# 'logon path' directive and/or desabling roaming profiles
      -$_userProfile = q(\\\\MASSIVE\\profiles\\);
      -
      -# The default Home Drive Letter mapping
      -# (automatically mapped at logon time if home directory exists)
      -# Ex: q(U:) for U:
      -#$_userHomeDrive = q(_HOMEDRIVE_);
      -$_userHomeDrive = q(H:);
      -...
      -# Allows not to use smbpasswd 
      -# (if $with_smbpasswd == 0 in smbldap_conf.pm) but
      -# prefer mkntpwd... most of the time, it's a wise choice :-)
      -$with_smbpasswd = 0;
      -$smbpasswd = "/usr/bin/smbpasswd";
      -$mk_ntpasswd = "/var/lib/samba/sbin/mkntpwd";
      +my $smbldap_conf="/etc/smbldap-tools/smbldap.conf";
      +my $smbldap_bind_conf="/etc/smbldap-tools/smbldap_bind.conf";
       ...
       

    6. To complete the configuration of the smbldap-tools, set the permissions and ownership by executing the following commands:

      -root#  chown root.root /var/lib/samba/sbin/* 
      -root#  chmod 755 /var/lib/samba/sbin/smb*pl 
      -root#  chmod 640 /var/lib/samba/sbin/smb*pm 
      -root#  chmod 555 /var/lib/samba/sbin/mkntpwd
      +root#  chown root.root /opt/IDEALX/sbin/* 
      +root#  chmod 755 /opt/IDEALX/sbin/smbldap-*
      +root#  chmod 640 /opt/IDEALX/sbin/smb*pm 
      +

      + The smbldap-tools scripts are now ready for the configuration step outlined in + Configuration of smbldap-tools. +

    Installing smbldap-tools from the RPM Package

    + In the event that you have elected to use the RPM package provided by Idealx, download the + source RPM smbldap-tools-0.8.7-3.src.rpm, then follow the following procedure: +

    1. + Install the source RPM that has been downloaded as follows: +

      +root#  rpm -i smbldap-tools-0.8.7-5.src.rpm
       

      - The smbldap-tools scripts are now ready for use. -

    LDAP Initialization and Creation of User and Group Accounts

    +

  • + Change into the directory in which the SPEC files are located. On SUSE Linux: +

    +root#  cd /usr/src/packages/SPECS
    +

    + On Red Hat Linux systems: +

    +root#  cd /usr/src/redhat/SPECS
    +

    +

  • + Edit the smbldap-tools.spec file to change the value of the + _sysconfig macro as shown here: +

    +%define _prefix /opt/IDEALX
    +%define _sysconfdir /etc
    +

    + Note: Any suitable directory can be specified. +

  • + Build the package by executing: +

    +root#  rpmbuild -ba -v smbldap-tools.spec
    +

    + A build process that has completed without error will place the installable binary + files in the directory ../RPMS/noarch. +

  • + Install the binary package by executing: +

    +root#  rpm -Uvh ../RPMS/noarch/smbldap-tools-0.8.7-5.noarch.rpm
    +

    +

  • + The Idealx scripts should now be ready for configuration using the steps outlined in + Configuration of smbldap-tools. +

    Configuration of smbldap-tools

    + Prior to use the smbldap-tools must be configured to match the settings in the smb.conf file + and to match the settings in the /etc/openldap/slapd.conf file. The assumption + is made that the smb.conf file has correct contents. The following procedure will ensure that + this is completed correctly: +

    + The smbldap-tools require that the netbios name (machine name) of the Samba server be included + in the smb.conf file. +

    1. + Change into the directory that contains the configure.pl script. +

      +root#  cd /opt/IDEALX/sbin
      +

      +

    2. + Execute the configure.pl script as follows: +

      +root#  ./configure.pl
      +

      + The interactive use of this script for the PDC is demonstrated here: +

      +Unrecognized escape \p passed through at ./configure.pl line 194.
      +-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
      +       smbldap-tools script configuration
      +       -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
      +Before starting, check
      + . if your samba controller is up and running.
      + . if the domain SID is defined (you can get it with the 'net getlocalsid')
      +
      + . you can leave the configuration using the Crtl-c key combination
      + . empty value can be set with the "." caracter
      +-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
      +Looking for configuration files...
      +
      +Samba Config File Location [/etc/samba/smb.conf] >
      +smbldap Config file Location (global parameters)
      +	 [/etc/smbldap-tools/smbldap.conf] >
      +smbldap Config file Location (bind parameters)
      +	 [/etc/smbldap-tools/smbldap_bind.conf] >
      +-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
      +Let's start configuring the smbldap-tools scripts ...
      +
      +. workgroup name: name of the domain Samba act as a PDC
      +  workgroup name [MEGANET2] >
      +. netbios name: netbios name of the samba controler
      +  netbios name [MASSIVE] >
      +. logon drive: local path to which the home directory
      +	 will be connected (for NT Workstations). Ex: 'H:'
      +  logon drive [X:] >
      +. logon home: home directory location (for Win95/98 or NT Workstation).
      +  (use %U as username) Ex:'\\MASSIVE\home\%U'
      +  logon home (leave blank if you don't want homeDirectory)
      +	 [\\MASSIVE\home\%U] > \\MASSIVE\%U
      +. logon path: directory where roaming profiles are stored.
      +	 Ex:'\\MASSIVE\profiles\%U'
      +  logon path (leave blank if you don't want roaming profile)
      +	 [\\MASSIVE\profiles\%U] >
      +. home directory prefix (use %U as username)
      +	 [/home/%U] > /home/users/%U
      +. default user netlogon script (use %U as username)
      +	 [%U.cmd] > scripts\login.cmd
      +  default password validation time (time in days) [45] > 0
      +. ldap suffix [dc=abmas,dc=biz] >
      +. ldap group suffix [ou=Groups] >
      +. ldap user suffix [ou=People] >
      +. ldap machine suffix [ou=People] >
      +. Idmap suffix [ou=Idmap] >
      +. sambaUnixIdPooldn: object where you want to store the next uidNumber
      +  and gidNumber available for new users and groups
      +  sambaUnixIdPooldn object (relative to ${suffix}) [cn=NextFreeUnixId] >
      +. ldap master server: IP adress or DNS name
      +	 of the master (writable) ldap server
      +Use of uninitialized value in scalar chomp at ./configure.pl
      +	 line 138, <STDIN> line 17.
      +Use of uninitialized value in hash element at ./configure.pl
      +	 line 140, <STDIN> line 17.
      +Use of uninitialized value in concatenation (.) or string at
      +	 ./configure.pl line 144, <STDIN> line 17.
      +Use of uninitialized value in string at ./configure.pl
      +	 line 145, <STDIN> line 17.
      +  ldap master server [] > 127.0.0.1
      +. ldap master port [389] >
      +. ldap master bind dn [cn=Manager,dc=abmas,dc=biz] >
      +. ldap master bind password [] >
      +. ldap slave server: IP adress or DNS name of the slave
      +	 ldap server: can also be the master one
      +Use of uninitialized value in scalar chomp at ./configure.pl
      +	 line 138, <STDIN> line 21.
      +Use of uninitialized value in hash element at ./configure.pl
      +	 line 140, <STDIN> line 21.
      +Use of uninitialized value in concatenation (.) or string at
      +	 ./configure.pl line 144, <STDIN> line 21.
      +Use of uninitialized value in string at ./configure.pl line 145,
      +	 <STDIN> line 21.
      +  ldap slave server [] > 127.0.0.1
      +. ldap slave port [389] >
      +. ldap slave bind dn [cn=Manager,dc=abmas,dc=biz] >
      +. ldap slave bind password [] >
      +. ldap tls support (1/0) [0] >
      +. SID for domain MEGANET2: SID of the domain
      +	 (can be obtained with 'net getlocalsid MASSIVE')
      +  SID for domain MEGANET2
      +	 [S-1-5-21-3504140859-1010554828-2431957765] >
      +. unix password encryption: encryption used for unix passwords
      +  unix password encryption
      +	 (CRYPT, MD5, SMD5, SSHA, SHA) [SSHA] > MD5
      +. default user gidNumber [513] >
      +. default computer gidNumber [515] >
      +. default login shell [/bin/bash] >
      +. default domain name to append to mail adress [] > abmas.biz
      +-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
      +backup old configuration files:
      +  /etc/smbldap-tools/smbldap.conf->
      +	etc/smbldap-tools/smbldap.conf.old
      +  /etc/smbldap-tools/smbldap_bind.conf->
      +	etc/smbldap-tools/smbldap_bind.conf.old
      +writing new configuration file:
      +  /etc/smbldap-tools/smbldap.conf done.
      +  /etc/smbldap-tools/smbldap_bind.conf done.
      +

      + Since a slave LDAP server has not been configured it is necessary to specify the IP + address of the master LDAP server for both the master and the slave configuration + prompts. +

    3. + Change to the directory that contains the smbldap.conf file + then verify its contents. +

    + The smbldap-tools are now ready for use. +

    LDAP Initialization and Creation of User and Group Accounts

    The LDAP database must be populated with well-known Windows Domain user accounts and Domain Group accounts before Samba can be used. The following procedures step you through the process.

    @@ -941,7 +1352,7 @@ does not need to ask LDAP.

    Addition of an account to the LDAP backend can be done in a number of ways: -

    +

    If you always have a user account in the /etc/passwd on every server or in a NIS(+) backend, it is not necessary to add Posix accounts for them in LDAP. In this case, you can add Windows Domain user accounts using the @@ -953,15 +1364,15 @@ In the example system you are installing in this exercise, you are making use of the Idealx smbldap-tools scripts. A copy of these tools, pre-configured for this system, is included on the enclosed CD-ROM under Chap06/Tools. -

    +

    If you wish to have more control over how the LDAP database is initialized or want not to use the Idealx smbldap-tools, you should refer to ???. -

    +

    The following steps initialize the LDAP database, and then you can add user and group - accounts that Samba can use. You use the smbldap-populate.pl to - seed the LDAP database. You then manually add the accounts shown in ???. + accounts that Samba can use. You use the smbldap-populate to + seed the LDAP database. You then manually add the accounts shown in ???. The list of users does not cover all 500 network users; it provides examples only. -

    Note

    +

    Note

    In the following examples, as the LDAP database is initialized, we do create a container for Computer (machine) accounts. In the Samba-3 smb.conf files, specific use is made of the People container, not the Computers container, for domain member accounts. This is not a @@ -971,38 +1382,57 @@ are able to side-step this bug. It is expected that at some time in the future this problem will be resolved. At that time, it will be possible to use the Computers container in order to keep machine accounts separate from user accounts. -

    Table 6.2. Abmas Network Users and Groups

    Account NameTypeIDPassword
    Robert JordanUserbobjn3v3r2l8
    Stanley SorokaUserstansimpl13dst4r
    Christine RobersonUserchrisrS9n0nw4ll
    Mary VortexisUsermaryvkw13t0n3
    AccountsGroupAccounts 
    FinancesGroupFinances 
    InsuranceGroupPIOps 
    1. +

    Table 6.3. Abmas Network Users and Groups

    Account NameTypeIDPassword
    Robert JordanUserbobjn3v3r2l8
    Stanley SorokaUserstansimpl13dst4r
    Christine RobersonUserchrisrS9n0nw4ll
    Mary VortexisUsermaryvkw13t0n3
    AccountsGroupAccounts 
    FinancesGroupFinances 
    InsuranceGroupPIOps 
    1. Start the LDAP server by executing:

       root#  rcldap start
       Starting ldap-server                           done
       

    2. - Change to the /var/lib/samba/sbin directory. + Change to the /opt/IDEALX/sbin directory.

    3. Execute the script that will populate the LDAP database as shown here:

      -root#  ./smbldap-populate.pl
      +root#  ./smbldap-populate -a root -k 0
      +

      + The expected output from this is: +

      +Using workgroup name from smb.conf: sambaDomainName=MEGANET2
      +-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
      +=> Warning: you must update smbldap.conf configuration file to :
      +=> sambaUnixIdPooldn parameter must be set
      +	to "sambaDomainName=MEGANET2,dc=abmas,dc=biz"
      +-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
       Using builtin directory structure
       adding new entry: dc=abmas,dc=biz
       adding new entry: ou=People,dc=abmas,dc=biz
       adding new entry: ou=Groups,dc=abmas,dc=biz
      -adding new entry: ou=Computers,dc=abmas,dc=biz
      -adding new entry: uid=Administrator,ou=People,dc=abmas,dc=biz
      +entry ou=People,dc=abmas,dc=biz already exist.
      +adding new entry: ou=Idmap,dc=abmas,dc=biz
      +adding new entry: sambaDomainName=MEGANET2,dc=abmas,dc=biz
      +adding new entry: uid=root,ou=People,dc=abmas,dc=biz
       adding new entry: uid=nobody,ou=People,dc=abmas,dc=biz
       adding new entry: cn=Domain Admins,ou=Groups,dc=abmas,dc=biz
       adding new entry: cn=Domain Users,ou=Groups,dc=abmas,dc=biz
       adding new entry: cn=Domain Guests,ou=Groups,dc=abmas,dc=biz
      +adding new entry: cn=Domain Computers,ou=Groups,dc=abmas,dc=biz
       adding new entry: cn=Administrators,ou=Groups,dc=abmas,dc=biz
      -adding new entry: cn=Users,ou=Groups,dc=abmas,dc=biz
      -adding new entry: cn=Guests,ou=Groups,dc=abmas,dc=biz
      -adding new entry: cn=Power Users,ou=Groups,dc=abmas,dc=biz
      -adding new entry: cn=Account Operators,ou=Groups,dc=abmas,dc=biz
      -adding new entry: cn=Server Operators,ou=Groups,dc=abmas,dc=biz
       adding new entry: cn=Print Operators,ou=Groups,dc=abmas,dc=biz
       adding new entry: cn=Backup Operators,ou=Groups,dc=abmas,dc=biz
      -adding new entry: cn=Replicator,ou=Groups,dc=abmas,dc=biz
      -adding new entry: cn=Domain Computers,ou=Groups,dc=abmas,dc=biz
      +adding new entry: cn=Replicators,ou=Groups,dc=abmas,dc=biz
      +

      +

    4. + Edit the /etc/smbldap-tools/smbldap.conf file so that the following + information is changed from: +

      +# Where to store next uidNumber and gidNumber available
      +sambaUnixIdPooldn="cn=NextFreeUnixId,${suffix}"
      +

      + to read, after modification: +

      +# Where to store next uidNumber and gidNumber available
      +#sambaUnixIdPooldn="cn=NextFreeUnixId,${suffix}"
      +sambaUnixIdPooldn="sambaDomainName=MEGANET2,dc=abmas,dc=biz"
       

    5. It is necessary to restart the LDAP server as shown here: @@ -1011,7 +1441,7 @@ Shutting down ldap-server done Starting ldap-server done

      -

    6. +

    7. So that we can use a global IDMAP repository the LDAP directory must have a container object for IDMAP data. There are several ways you can check that your LDAP database is able to receive IDMAP information. One of the simplest is to execute: @@ -1020,16 +1450,16 @@ dn: ou=Idmap,dc=abmas,dc=biz ou: idmap

      - + If the execution of this command does not return IDMAP entries, you need to create an LDIF - template file (see ???). You can add the required entries using + template file (see ???). You can add the required entries using the following command:

       root#  ldapadd -x -D "cn=Manager,dc=abmas,dc=biz" \
       		-w not24get < /etc/openldap/idmap.LDIF
       

      Samba automatically populates this LDAP directory container when it needs to. -

    8. +

    9. It looks like all has gone well, as expected. Let's confirm that this is the case by running a few tests. First we check the contents of the database directly by running slapcat as follows (the output has been cut down): @@ -1066,7 +1496,7 @@ modifyTimestamp: 20031217234206Z

      This looks good so far. -

    10. +

    11. The next step is to prove that the LDAP server is running and responds to a search request. Execute the following as shown (output has been cut to save space):

      @@ -1110,27 +1540,27 @@
       # numEntries: 19
       

      Good. It is all working just fine. -

    12. +

    13. You must now make certain that the NSS resolver can interrogate LDAP also. Execute the following commands:

      -root#  getent passwd | grep Administrator
      -Administrator:x:998:512:Netbios Domain Administrator:/home:/bin/false
      +root#  getent passwd | grep root
      +root:x:998:512:Netbios Domain Administrator:/home:/bin/false
       
       root#  getent group | grep Domain
      -Domain Admins:x:512:Administrator
      +Domain Admins:x:512:root
       Domain Users:x:513:
       Domain Guests:x:514:
       Domain Computers:x:553:
      -

      +

      This demonstrates that the nss_ldap library is functioning as it should. -

    14. +

    15. Our database is now ready for the addition of network users. For each user for whom an account must be created, execute the following:

      -root#  ./smbldap-useradd.pl -m -a username
      -root#  ./smbldap-passwd.pl username
      +root#  ./smbldap-useradd -m -a username
      +root#  ./smbldap-passwd username
       Changing password for username
       New password : XXXXXXXX
       Retype new password : XXXXXXXX
      @@ -1140,34 +1570,51 @@
       Retype new SMB password: XXXXXXXX
       

      Where username is the login ID for each user. -

    16. +

    17. Now verify that the UNIX (Posix) accounts can be resolved via NSS by executing the following:

       root#  getent passwd
      +root:x:0:0:root:/root:/bin/bash
      +bin:x:1:1:bin:/bin:/bin/bash
       ...
      -Administrator:x:998:512:Netbios Domain Administrator:/home:/bin/false
      +root:x:0:512:Netbios Domain Administrator:/home:/bin/false
       nobody:x:999:514:nobody:/dev/null:/bin/false
       bobj:x:1000:513:System User:/home/bobj:/bin/bash
       stans:x:1001:513:System User:/home/stans:/bin/bash
       chrisr:x:1002:513:System User:/home/chrisr:/bin/bash
       maryv:x:1003:513:System User:/home/maryv:/bin/bash
      -
      +

      + This demonstates that user account resolution via LDAP is working. +

    18. + This step will determin +

       root#  id chrisr
       uid=1002(chrisr) gid=513(Domain Users) groups=513(Domain Users)
       

      - This confirms that the UNIX (Posix) user accounts can be resolved from LDAP. -

    19. - In the above listing, you can see that the user Administrator - has been given UID=998. This means that operations conducted from a Windows client - using tools such as the Domain User Manager fails under UNIX because the - management of user and group accounts requires that the UID=0. You decide to rectify - this immediately as demonstrated here: + This confirms that the UNIX (Posix) user account information can be resolved from LDAP + by system tools that make a getentpw() system call. +

    20. + The 'root' account must have UID=0, if not this means that operations conducted from + a Windows client using tools such as the Domain User Manager fails under UNIX because + the management of user and group accounts requires that the UID=0. Additionally, it is + a good idea to make certain that no matter how 'root' account credentials are resolved + that the home directory and shell are valid. You decide to effect this immediately + as demonstrated here:

      -root#  cd /var/lib/samba/sbin
      -root#  ./smbldap-usermod.pl -u 0 Administrator
      +root#  cd /opt/IDEALX/sbin
      +root#  ./smbldap-usermod -u 0 -d /root -s /bin/bash root
       

    21. + Verify that the changes just made to the root account were + accepted by executing: +

      +root#  getent passwd | grep root
      +root:x:0:0:root:/root:/bin/bash
      +root:x:0:512:Netbios Domain Administrator:/root:/bin/bash
      +

      + This demonstrates that the changes were accepted. +

    22. Make certain that a home directory has been created for every user by listing the directories in /home as follows:

      @@ -1180,7 +1627,7 @@
       drwx------   7 stans  Domain Users     568 Dec 17 01:43 stans/
       

      This is precisely what we want to see. -

    23. +

    24. The final validation step involves making certain that Samba-3 can obtain the user accounts from the LDAP ldapsam passwd backend. Execute the following command as shown:

      @@ -1193,7 +1640,7 @@
       Full Name:            System User
       Home Directory:       \\MASSIVE\homes
       HomeDir Drive:        H:
      -Logon Script:         chrisr.cmd
      +Logon Script:         scripts\login.cmd
       Profile Path:         \\MASSIVE\profiles\chrisr
       Domain:               MEGANET2
       Account desc:         System User
      @@ -1205,25 +1652,28 @@
       Password last set:    Wed, 17 Dec 2003 17:17:40 GMT
       Password can change:  Wed, 17 Dec 2003 17:17:40 GMT
       Password must change: Mon, 18 Jan 2038 20:14:07 GMT
      +Last bad password   : 0
      +Bad password count  : 0
      +Logon hours         : FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
       

      This looks good. Of course, you fully expected that it would all work, didn't you? -

    25. +

    26. Now you add the group accounts that are used on the Abmas network. Execute the following exactly as shown:

      -root#  ./smbldap-groupadd.pl -a Accounts
      -root#  ./smbldap-groupadd.pl -a Finances
      -root#  ./smbldap-groupadd.pl -a PIOps
      +root#  ./smbldap-groupadd -a Accounts
      +root#  ./smbldap-groupadd -a Finances
      +root#  ./smbldap-groupadd -a PIOps
       

      The addition of groups does not involve keyboard interaction, so the lack of console output is of no concern. -

    27. +

    28. You really do want to confirm that UNIX group resolution from LDAP is functioning as it should. Let's do this as shown here:

       root#  getent group
       ...
      -Domain Admins:x:512:Administrator
      +Domain Admins:x:512:root
       Domain Users:x:513:bobj,stans,chrisr,maryv
       Domain Guests:x:514:
       ...
      @@ -1233,7 +1683,7 @@
       

      The well-known special accounts (Domain Admins, Domain Users, Domain Guests), as well as our own site-specific group accounts, are correctly listed. This is looking good. -

    29. +

    30. The final step we need to validate is that Samba can see all the Windows Domain Groups and that they are correctly mapped to the respective UNIX group account. To do this, just execute the following command: @@ -1269,20 +1719,25 @@

    31. The next step might seem a little odd at this point, but take note that you are about to start winbindd which must be able to authenticate to the PDC via the - localhost interface. This requires a Domain account for the PDC. This account can be + localhost interface with the smbd process. This account can be easily created by joining the PDC to the Domain by executing the following command:

      -root#  net rpc join -U Administrator%not24get
      +root#  net rpc join -S MASSIVE -U root%not24get
      +

      + Note: Before executing this command on the PDC both nmbd and + smbd must be started so that the net command + can communicate with smbd. The expected output is: +

       Joined domain MEGANET2.
       

      - This indicates that the Domain security account for the BDC has been correctly created. + This indicates that the Domain security account for the PDC has been correctly created.

    32. At this time it is necessary to restart winbindd so that it can correctly authenticate to the PDC. The following command achieves that:

       root#  rcwinbind restart
       

      -

    33. +

    34. You may now check Samba-3 operation as follows:

       root#  smbclient -L massive -U%
      @@ -1327,7 +1782,7 @@
       		Well done. All is working fine.
       		

    The server MASSIVE is now configured, and it is time to move onto the next task. -

    Printer Configuration

    +

    Printer Configuration

    The configuration for Samba-3 to enable CUPS raw-print-through printing has already been taken care of in the smb.conf file. The only preparation needed for smart @@ -1345,16 +1800,17 @@ Follow the instructions in the printer manufacturers' manuals to permit printing to port 9100. Use any other port the manufacturer specifies for direct mode, raw printing. This allows the CUPS spooler to print using raw mode protocols. - - -

  • - + + +

  • + Only on the server to which the printer is attached, configure the CUPS Print Queues as follows:

    -root#  lpadmin -p printque -v socket://printer-name.abmas.biz:9100 -E
    +root#  lpadmin -p printque
    +	 -v socket://printer-name.abmas.biz:9100 -E
     

    - + This step creates the necessary print queue to use no assigned print filter. This is ideal for raw printing, i.e., printing without use of filters. The name printque is the name you have assigned for @@ -1374,15 +1830,15 @@ root# /usr/bin/accept printque

  • - - - + + + Edit the file /etc/cups/mime.convs to uncomment the line:

     application/octet-stream     application/vnd.cups-raw      0     -
     

  • - + Edit the file /etc/cups/mime.types to uncomment the line:

     application/octet-stream
    @@ -1401,9 +1857,9 @@
     root#  chown -R root.root /var/lib/samba/drivers
     root#  chmod -R ug=rwx,o=rx /var/lib/samba/drivers
     

    -

  • Samba-3 BDC Configuration

    Procedure 6.7. Configuration of BDC Called: BLDG1

    1. - Install the files in ???, - ???, and ??? +

    Samba-3 BDC Configuration

    Procedure 6.10. Configuration of BDC Called: BLDG1

    1. + Install the files in ???, + ???, and ??? into the /etc/samba/ directory. The three files should be added together to form the smb.conf file.

    2. @@ -1434,7 +1890,7 @@ lp:x:4:7:Printing daemon:/var/spool/lpd:/bin/bash mail:x:8:12:Mailer daemon:/var/spool/clientmqueue:/bin/false ... -Administrator:x:0:512:Netbios Domain Administrator:/home:/bin/false +root:x:0:512:Netbios Domain Administrator:/root:/bin/bash nobody:x:999:514:nobody:/dev/null:/bin/false bobj:x:1000:513:System User:/home/bobj:/bin/bash stans:x:1001:513:System User:/home/stans:/bin/bash @@ -1444,7 +1900,7 @@ bldg1$:x:1006:553:bldg1$:/dev/null:/bin/false

      This is the correct output. If the accounts that have UIDs above 512 are not shown, there is a problem. -

    3. +

    4. The next step in the verification process involves testing the operation of UNIX group resolution via the NSS LDAP resolver. Execute these commands:

      @@ -1454,7 +1910,7 @@
       daemon:x:2:
       sys:x:3:
       ...
      -Domain Admins:x:512:Administrator
      +Domain Admins:x:512:root
       Domain Users:x:513:bobj,stans,chrisr,maryv,jht
       Domain Guests:x:514:
       Administrators:x:544:
      @@ -1474,7 +1930,7 @@
       		This is also the correct and desired output, because it demonstrates that the LDAP client
       		is able to communicate correctly with the LDAP server
       	    (MASSIVE).
      -		

    5. +

    6. You must now set the LDAP administrative password into the Samba-3 secrets.tdb file by executing this command: @@ -1502,16 +1958,16 @@

    7. To join the Samba BDC to the Domain execute the following:

      -root#  net rpc join -U Administrator%not24get
      +root#  net rpc join -U root%not24get
       Joined domain MEGANET2.
       

      This indicates that the Domain security account for the BDC has been correctly created.

    8. - + Verify that user and group account resolution works via Samba-3 tools as follows:

       root#  pdbedit -L
      -Administrator:0:Administrator
      +root:0:root
       nobody:65534:nobody
       bobj:1000:System User
       stans:1001:System User
      @@ -1548,8 +2004,7 @@
       		Samba-3 should now be running and is ready for a quick test. But not quite yet!
                       

    9. Your new BLDG1, BLDG2 servers do not have home directories for users. - To rectify this using the SUSE yast2 utility or by manually - editing the /etc/fstab + To rectify this using the SUSE yast2 utility or by manually editing the /etc/fstab file, add a mount entry to mount the home directory that has been exported from the MASSIVE server. Mount this resource before proceeding. An alternate approach could be to create local home directories for users who are to use these machines. @@ -1583,226 +2038,230 @@ 57681 blocks of size 524288. 57128 blocks available smb: \> q

      -

    Procedure 6.8. Configuration of BDC Called: BLDG2

    1. - Install the files in ???, - ???, and ??? +

    Procedure 6.11. Configuration of BDC Called: BLDG2

    1. + Install the files in ???, + ???, and ??? into the /etc/samba/ directory. The three files should be added together to form the smb.conf file.

    2. Follow carefully the steps shown in ???, starting at step 2. -

    Example 6.6. LDAP Based smb.conf File, Server: BLDG1

    # Global parameters
    [global]
    +

    Example 6.8. LDAP Based smb.conf File, Server: BLDG1

    # Global parameters
    - unix charset = LOCALE
    + unix charset = LOCALE
    - workgroup = MEGANET2
    + workgroup = MEGANET2
    - netbios name = BLDG1
    + netbios name = BLDG1
    - passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://massive.abmas.biz
    + passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://massive.abmas.biz
    - username map = /etc/samba/smbusers
    + enable privileges = Yes
    - log level = 1
    + username map = /etc/samba/smbusers
    - syslog = 0
    + log level = 1
    - log file = /var/log/samba/%m
    + syslog = 0
    - max log size = 50
    + log file = /var/log/samba/%m
    - smb ports = 139 445
    + max log size = 50
    - name resolve order = wins bcast hosts
    + smb ports = 139 445
    - printcap name = CUPS
    + name resolve order = wins bcast hosts
    - show add printer wizard = No
    + printcap name = CUPS
    - logon script = scripts\logon.bat
    + show add printer wizard = No
    - logon path = \\%L\profiles\%U
    + logon script = scripts\logon.bat
    - logon drive = X:
    + logon path = \\%L\profiles\%U
    - domain logons = Yes
    + logon drive = X:
    - domain master = No
    + domain logons = Yes
    - wins server = 172.16.0.1
    + domain master = No
    - ldap suffix = dc=abmas,dc=biz
    + wins server = 172.16.0.1
    - ldap machine suffix = ou=People
    + ldap suffix = dc=abmas,dc=biz
    - ldap user suffix = ou=People
    + ldap machine suffix = ou=People
    - ldap group suffix = ou=Groups
    + ldap user suffix = ou=People
    - ldap idmap suffix = ou=Idmap
    + ldap group suffix = ou=Groups
    - ldap admin dn = cn=Manager,dc=abmas,dc=biz
    + ldap idmap suffix = ou=Idmap
    - idmap backend = ldap:ldap://massive.abmas.biz
    + ldap admin dn = cn=Manager,dc=abmas,dc=biz
    - idmap uid = 10000-20000
    + idmap backend = ldap:ldap://massive.abmas.biz
    - idmap gid = 10000-20000
    + idmap uid = 10000-20000
    - printing = cups
    + idmap gid = 10000-20000
    - printer admin = Administrator, chrisr

    Example 6.7. LDAP Based smb.conf File, Server: BLDG2

    # Global parameters
    [global]
    + printing = cups
    - unix charset = LOCALE
    + printer admin = root, chrisr

    Example 6.9. LDAP Based smb.conf File, Server: BLDG2

    # Global parameters
    - workgroup = MEGANET2
    + unix charset = LOCALE
    - netbios name = BLDG2
    + workgroup = MEGANET2
    - passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://massive.abmas.biz
    + netbios name = BLDG2
    - username map = /etc/samba/smbusers
    + passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://massive.abmas.biz
    - log level = 1
    + enable privileges = Yes
    - syslog = 0
    + username map = /etc/samba/smbusers
    - log file = /var/log/samba/%m
    + log level = 1
    - max log size = 50
    + syslog = 0
    - smb ports = 139 445
    + log file = /var/log/samba/%m
    - name resolve order = wins bcast hosts
    + max log size = 50
    - printcap name = CUPS
    + smb ports = 139 445
    - show add printer wizard = No
    + name resolve order = wins bcast hosts
    - logon script = scripts\logon.bat
    + printcap name = CUPS
    - logon path = \\%L\profiles\%U
    + show add printer wizard = No
    - logon drive = X:
    + logon script = scripts\logon.bat
    - domain logons = Yes
    + logon path = \\%L\profiles\%U
    - domain master = No
    + logon drive = X:
    - wins server = 172.16.0.1
    + domain logons = Yes
    - ldap suffix = dc=abmas,dc=biz
    + domain master = No
    - ldap machine suffix = ou=People
    + wins server = 172.16.0.1
    - ldap user suffix = ou=People
    + ldap suffix = dc=abmas,dc=biz
    - ldap group suffix = ou=Groups
    + ldap machine suffix = ou=People
    - ldap idmap suffix = ou=Idmap
    + ldap user suffix = ou=People
    - ldap admin dn = cn=Manager,dc=abmas,dc=biz
    + ldap group suffix = ou=Groups
    - idmap backend = ldap://massive.abmas.biz
    + ldap idmap suffix = ou=Idmap
    - idmap uid = 10000-20000
    + ldap admin dn = cn=Manager,dc=abmas,dc=biz
    - idmap gid = 10000-20000
    + idmap backend = ldap:ldap://massive.abmas.biz
    - printing = cups
    + idmap uid = 10000-20000
    - printer admin = Administrator, chrisr

    Example 6.8. LDAP Based smb.conf File, Shares Section Part A

    [accounts]
    + idmap gid = 10000-20000
    - comment = Accounting Files
    + printing = cups
    - path = /data/accounts
    + printer admin = root, chrisr

    Example 6.10. LDAP Based smb.conf File, Shares Section Part A

    - read only = No
    [service]
    + comment = Accounting Files
    - comment = Financial Services Files
    + path = /data/accounts
    - path = /data/service
    + read only = No
    - read only = No
    [pidata]
    + comment = Financial Services Files
    - comment = Property Insurance Files
    + path = /data/service
    - path = /data/pidata
    + read only = No
    - read only = No
    [homes]
    + comment = Property Insurance Files
    - comment = Home Directories
    + path = /data/pidata
    - valid users = %S
    + read only = No
    - read only = No
    + comment = Home Directories
    - browseable = No
    [printers]
    + valid users = %S
    - comment = SMB Print Spool
    + read only = No
    - path = /var/spool/samba
    + browseable = No
    - guest ok = Yes
    + comment = SMB Print Spool
    - printable = Yes
    + path = /var/spool/samba
    - browseable = No

    Example 6.9. LDAP Based smb.conf File, Shares Section Part B

    [apps]
    + guest ok = Yes
    - comment = Application Files
    + printable = Yes
    - path = /apps
    + browseable = No

    Example 6.11. LDAP Based smb.conf File, Shares Section Part B

    - admin users = bjordan
    + comment = Application Files
    - read only = No
    [netlogon]
    + path = /apps
    - comment = Network Logon Service
    + admin users = bjordan
    - path = /var/lib/samba/netlogon
    + read only = No
    - guest ok = Yes
    + comment = Network Logon Service
    - locking = No
    [profiles]
    + path = /var/lib/samba/netlogon
    - comment = Profile Share
    + guest ok = Yes
    - path = /var/lib/samba/profiles
    + locking = No
    - read only = No
    + comment = Profile Share
    - profile acls = Yes
    [profdata]
    + path = /var/lib/samba/profiles
    - comment = Profile Data Share
    + read only = No
    - path = /var/lib/samba/profdata
    + profile acls = Yes
    - read only = No
    + comment = Profile Data Share
    - profile acls = Yes
    [print$]
    + path = /var/lib/samba/profdata
    - comment = Printer Drivers
    + read only = No
    - path = /var/lib/samba/drivers
    + profile acls = Yes
    - browseable = yes
    + comment = Printer Drivers
    - guest ok = no
    + path = /var/lib/samba/drivers
    - read only = yes
    + browseable = yes
    - write list = Administrator, chrisr

    Example 6.10. LDIF IDMAP Add-On Load File File: /etc/openldap/idmap.LDIF

    +				guest ok = no
    + + read only = yes
    + + write list = root, chrisr

    Example 6.12. LDIF IDMAP Add-On Load File File: /etc/openldap/idmap.LDIF